Kernel/linux
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git synced 2025-01-10 07:10:27 +00:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6

Browse Source 
Manually resolve conflict in include/mtd/Kbuild

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This commit is contained in:
David Woodhouse 2006-10-01 17:55:53 +01:00
commit 8a84fc15ae
4921 changed files with 311324 additions and 135534 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

13
CREDITS
View File

@ -1620,7 +1620,8 @@ D: fbdev hacking
N: Jesper Juhl
E: jesper.juhl@gmail.com
D: Various fixes, cleanups and minor features.
D: Various fixes, cleanups and minor features all over the tree.
D: Wrote initial version of the hdaps driver (since passed on to others).
S: Lemnosvej 1, 3.tv
S: 2300 Copenhagen S.
S: Denmark
@ -2384,6 +2385,13 @@ N: Thomas Molina
E: tmolina@cablespeed.com
D: bug fixes, documentation, minor hackery
N: Paul Moore
E: paul.moore@hp.com
D: NetLabel author
S: Hewlett-Packard
S: 110 Spit Brook Road
S: Nashua, NH 03062
N: James Morris
E: jmorris@namei.org
W: http://namei.org/
@ -2470,7 +2478,8 @@ S: Derbyshire DE4 3RL
S: United Kingdom
N: Ian S. Nelson
E: ian.nelson@echostar.com
E: nelsonis@earthlink.net
P: 1024D/00D3D983 3EFD 7B86 B888 D7E2 29B6 9E97 576F 1B97 00D3 D983
D: Minor mmap and ide hacks
S: 1370 Atlantis Ave.
S: Lafayette CO, 80026

2
Documentation/00-INDEX
View File

@ -184,6 +184,8 @@ mtrr.txt
- how to use PPro Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance.
nbd.txt
- info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.
netlabel/
- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
networking/
- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
nfsroot.txt

5
Documentation/ABI/obsolete/devfs → Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
View File

@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
What: devfs
Date: July 2005
Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18
Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Description:
devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h will be removed,
The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
along with the the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
kernel tree.
Users:

88
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
What: /sys/power/
Date: August 2006
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Description:
The /sys/power directory will contain files that will
provide a unified interface to the power management
subsystem.
What: /sys/power/state
Date: August 2006
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Description:
The /sys/power/state file controls the system power state.
Reading from this file returns what states are supported,
which is hard-coded to 'standby' (Power-On Suspend), 'mem'
(Suspend-to-RAM), and 'disk' (Suspend-to-Disk).
Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to
transition into that state. Please see the file
Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of each of
these states.
What: /sys/power/disk
Date: August 2006
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Description:
The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the
suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns
the name of the method by which the system will be put to
sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported:
'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk
by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the
firmware will handle the system suspend.
'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g.
ACPI or other PM registers).
'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be powered off.
'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
the system will be rebooted.
The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this
file one of the accepted strings:
'firmware'
'platform'
'shutdown'
'reboot'
It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system
supports that.
What: /sys/power/image_size
Date: August 2006
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Description:
The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image
created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a
string representing a non-negative integer that will be used
as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's
suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size
will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be
impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the
smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to
this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible.
Reading from this file will display the current image size
limit, which is set to 500 MB by default.
What: /sys/power/pm_trace
Date: August 2006
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Description:
The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the
last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can
debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more
commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save
the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially
it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a
string representing a nonzero integer into it.
To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend
the machine, then reboot it and run
dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS)
clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume.

7
Documentation/Changes
View File

@ -37,15 +37,14 @@ o e2fsprogs 1.29 # tune2fs
o jfsutils 1.1.3 # fsck.jfs -V
o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V 2>&1|grep reiserfsprogs
o xfsprogs 2.6.0 # xfs_db -V
o pcmciautils 004
o pcmcia-cs 3.1.21 # cardmgr -V
o pcmciautils 004 # pccardctl -V
o quota-tools 3.09 # quota -V
o PPP 2.4.0 # pppd --version
o isdn4k-utils 3.1pre1 # isdnctrl 2>&1|grep version
o nfs-utils 1.0.5 # showmount --version
o procps 3.2.0 # ps --version
o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version
o udev 071 # udevinfo -V
o udev 081 # udevinfo -V
Kernel compilation
==================
@ -268,7 +267,7 @@ active clients.
To enable this new functionality, you need to:
mount -t nfsd nfsd /proc/fs/nfs
mount -t nfsd nfsd /proc/fs/nfsd
before running exportfs or mountd. It is recommended that all NFS
services be protected from the internet-at-large by a firewall where

34
Documentation/CodingStyle
View File

@ -532,6 +532,40 @@ appears outweighs the potential value of the hint that tells gcc to do
something it would have done anyway.
Chapter 16: Function return values and names
Functions can return values of many different kinds, and one of the
most common is a value indicating whether the function succeeded or
failed. Such a value can be represented as an error-code integer
(-Exxx = failure, 0 = success) or a "succeeded" boolean (0 = failure,
non-zero = success).
Mixing up these two sorts of representations is a fertile source of
difficult-to-find bugs. If the C language included a strong distinction
between integers and booleans then the compiler would find these mistakes
for us... but it doesn't. To help prevent such bugs, always follow this
convention:
If the name of a function is an action or an imperative command,
the function should return an error-code integer. If the name
is a predicate, the function should return a "succeeded" boolean.
For example, "add work" is a command, and the add_work() function returns 0
for success or -EBUSY for failure. In the same way, "PCI device present" is
a predicate, and the pci_dev_present() function returns 1 if it succeeds in
finding a matching device or 0 if it doesn't.
All EXPORTed functions must respect this convention, and so should all
public functions. Private (static) functions need not, but it is
recommended that they do.
Functions whose return value is the actual result of a computation, rather
than an indication of whether the computation succeeded, are not subject to
this rule. Generally they indicate failure by returning some out-of-range
result. Typical examples would be functions that return pointers; they use
NULL or the ERR_PTR mechanism to report failure.
Appendix I: References

78
Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
View File

@ -181,27 +181,6 @@ X!Ilib/string.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="proc">
<title>The proc filesystem</title>
<sect1><title>sysctl interface</title>
!Ekernel/sysctl.c
</sect1>
<sect1><title>proc filesystem interface</title>
!Ifs/proc/base.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="debugfs">
<title>The debugfs filesystem</title>
<sect1><title>debugfs interface</title>
!Efs/debugfs/inode.c
!Efs/debugfs/file.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="vfs">
<title>The Linux VFS</title>
<sect1><title>The Filesystem types</title>
@ -234,6 +213,50 @@ X!Ilib/string.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="proc">
<title>The proc filesystem</title>
<sect1><title>sysctl interface</title>
!Ekernel/sysctl.c
</sect1>
<sect1><title>proc filesystem interface</title>
!Ifs/proc/base.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="sysfs">
<title>The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects</title>
!Efs/sysfs/file.c
!Efs/sysfs/symlink.c
!Efs/sysfs/bin.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="debugfs">
<title>The debugfs filesystem</title>
<sect1><title>debugfs interface</title>
!Efs/debugfs/inode.c
!Efs/debugfs/file.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="relayfs">
<title>relay interface support</title>
<para>
Relay interface support
is designed to provide an efficient mechanism for tools and
facilities to relay large amounts of data from kernel space to
user space.
</para>
<sect1><title>relay interface</title>
!Ekernel/relay.c
!Ikernel/relay.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="netcore">
<title>Linux Networking</title>
<sect1><title>Networking Base Types</title>
@ -349,13 +372,6 @@ X!Earch/i386/kernel/mca.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="sysfs">
<title>The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects</title>
!Efs/sysfs/file.c
!Efs/sysfs/symlink.c
!Efs/sysfs/bin.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="security">
<title>Security Framework</title>
!Esecurity/security.c
@ -386,6 +402,7 @@ X!Iinclude/linux/device.h
-->
!Edrivers/base/driver.c
!Edrivers/base/core.c
!Edrivers/base/class.c
!Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c
!Edrivers/base/transport_class.c
!Edrivers/base/dmapool.c
@ -437,6 +454,11 @@ X!Edrivers/pnp/system.c
!Eblock/ll_rw_blk.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="chrdev">
<title>Char devices</title>
!Efs/char_dev.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="miscdev">
<title>Miscellaneous Devices</title>
!Edrivers/char/misc.c

12
Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
View File

@ -868,18 +868,18 @@ and other resources, etc.
<chapter id="libataExt">
<title>libata Library</title>
!Edrivers/scsi/libata-core.c
!Edrivers/ata/libata-core.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="libataInt">
<title>libata Core Internals</title>
!Idrivers/scsi/libata-core.c
!Idrivers/ata/libata-core.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="libataScsiInt">
<title>libata SCSI translation/emulation</title>
!Edrivers/scsi/libata-scsi.c
!Idrivers/scsi/libata-scsi.c
!Edrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c
!Idrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="ataExceptions">
@ -1600,12 +1600,12 @@ and other resources, etc.
<chapter id="PiixInt">
<title>ata_piix Internals</title>
!Idrivers/scsi/ata_piix.c
!Idrivers/ata/ata_piix.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="SILInt">
<title>sata_sil Internals</title>
!Idrivers/scsi/sata_sil.c
!Idrivers/ata/sata_sil.c
</chapter>
<chapter id="libataThanks">

123
Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
View File

@ -43,59 +43,52 @@
<para>A Universal Serial Bus (USB) is used to connect a host,
such as a PC or workstation, to a number of peripheral
devices. USB uses a tree structure, with the host at the
devices. USB uses a tree structure, with the host as the
root (the system's master), hubs as interior nodes, and
peripheral devices as leaves (and slaves).
peripherals as leaves (and slaves).
Modern PCs support several such trees of USB devices, usually
one USB 2.0 tree (480 Mbit/sec each) with
a few USB 1.1 trees (12 Mbit/sec each) that are used when you
connect a USB 1.1 device directly to the machine's "root hub".
</para>
<para>That master/slave asymmetry was designed in part for
ease of use. It is not physically possible to assemble
(legal) USB cables incorrectly: all upstream "to-the-host"
connectors are the rectangular type, matching the sockets on
root hubs, and the downstream type are the squarish type
(or they are built in to the peripheral).
Software doesn't need to deal with distributed autoconfiguration
since the pre-designated master node manages all that.
At the electrical level, bus protocol overhead is reduced by
eliminating arbitration and moving scheduling into host software.
<para>That master/slave asymmetry was designed-in for a number of
reasons, one being ease of use. It is not physically possible to
assemble (legal) USB cables incorrectly: all upstream "to the host"
connectors are the rectangular type (matching the sockets on
root hubs), and all downstream connectors are the squarish type
(or they are built into the peripheral).
Also, the host software doesn't need to deal with distributed
auto-configuration since the pre-designated master node manages all that.
And finally, at the electrical level, bus protocol overhead is reduced by
eliminating arbitration and moving scheduling into the host software.
</para>
<para>USB 1.0 was announced in January 1996, and was revised
<para>USB 1.0 was announced in January 1996 and was revised
as USB 1.1 (with improvements in hub specification and
support for interrupt-out transfers) in September 1998.
USB 2.0 was released in April 2000, including high speed
transfers and transaction translating hubs (used for USB 1.1
USB 2.0 was released in April 2000, adding high-speed
transfers and transaction-translating hubs (used for USB 1.1
and 1.0 backward compatibility).
</para>
<para>USB support was added to Linux early in the 2.2 kernel series
shortly before the 2.3 development forked off. Updates
from 2.3 were regularly folded back into 2.2 releases, bringing
new features such as <filename>/sbin/hotplug</filename> support,
more drivers, and more robustness.
The 2.5 kernel series continued such improvements, and also
worked on USB 2.0 support,
higher performance,
better consistency between host controller drivers,
API simplification (to make bugs less likely),
and providing internal "kerneldoc" documentation.
<para>Kernel developers added USB support to Linux early in the 2.2 kernel
series, shortly before 2.3 development forked. Updates from 2.3 were
regularly folded back into 2.2 releases, which improved reliability and
brought <filename>/sbin/hotplug</filename> support as well more drivers.
Such improvements were continued in the 2.5 kernel series, where they added
USB 2.0 support, improved performance, and made the host controller drivers
(HCDs) more consistent. They also simplified the API (to make bugs less
likely) and added internal "kerneldoc" documentation.
</para>
<para>Linux can run inside USB devices as well as on
the hosts that control the devices.
Because the Linux 2.x USB support evolved to support mass market
platforms such as Apple Macintosh or PC-compatible systems,
it didn't address design concerns for those types of USB systems.
So it can't be used inside mass-market PDAs, or other peripherals.
USB device drivers running inside those Linux peripherals
But USB device drivers running inside those peripherals
don't do the same things as the ones running inside hosts,
and so they've been given a different name:
they're called <emphasis>gadget drivers</emphasis>.
This document does not present gadget drivers.
so they've been given a different name:
<emphasis>gadget drivers</emphasis>.
This document does not cover gadget drivers.
</para>
</chapter>
@ -103,17 +96,14 @@
<chapter id="host">
<title>USB Host-Side API Model</title>
<para>Within the kernel,
host-side drivers for USB devices talk to the "usbcore" APIs.
There are two types of public "usbcore" APIs, targetted at two different
layers of USB driver. Those are
<emphasis>general purpose</emphasis> drivers, exposed through
driver frameworks such as block, character, or network devices;
and drivers that are <emphasis>part of the core</emphasis>,
which are involved in managing a USB bus.
Such core drivers include the <emphasis>hub</emphasis> driver,
which manages trees of USB devices, and several different kinds
of <emphasis>host controller driver (HCD)</emphasis>,
<para>Host-side drivers for USB devices talk to the "usbcore" APIs.
There are two. One is intended for
<emphasis>general-purpose</emphasis> drivers (exposed through
driver frameworks), and the other is for drivers that are
<emphasis>part of the core</emphasis>.
Such core drivers include the <emphasis>hub</emphasis> driver
(which manages trees of USB devices) and several different kinds
of <emphasis>host controller drivers</emphasis>,
which control individual busses.
</para>
@ -122,21 +112,21 @@
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>USB supports four kinds of data transfer
(control, bulk, interrupt, and isochronous). Two transfer
types use bandwidth as it's available (control and bulk),
while the other two types of transfer (interrupt and isochronous)
<listitem><para>USB supports four kinds of data transfers
(control, bulk, interrupt, and isochronous). Two of them (control
and bulk) use bandwidth as it's available,
while the other two (interrupt and isochronous)
are scheduled to provide guaranteed bandwidth.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The device description model includes one or more
"configurations" per device, only one of which is active at a time.
Devices that are capable of high speed operation must also support
full speed configurations, along with a way to ask about the
"other speed" configurations that might be used.
Devices that are capable of high-speed operation must also support
full-speed configurations, along with a way to ask about the
"other speed" configurations which might be used.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Configurations have one or more "interface", each
<listitem><para>Configurations have one or more "interfaces", each
of which may have "alternate settings". Interfaces may be
standardized by USB "Class" specifications, or may be specific to
a vendor or device.</para>
@ -162,7 +152,7 @@
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>The Linux USB API supports synchronous calls for
control and bulk messaging.
control and bulk messages.
It also supports asynchnous calls for all kinds of data transfer,
using request structures called "URBs" (USB Request Blocks).
</para></listitem>
@ -463,14 +453,25 @@
file in your Linux kernel sources.
</para>
<para>Otherwise the main use for this file from programs
is to poll() it to get notifications of usb devices
as they're plugged or unplugged.
To see what changed, you'd need to read the file and
compare "before" and "after" contents, scan the filesystem,
or see its hotplug event.
</para>
<para>This file, in combination with the poll() system call, can
also be used to detect when devices are added or removed:
<programlisting>int fd;
struct pollfd pfd;
fd = open("/proc/bus/usb/devices", O_RDONLY);
pfd = { fd, POLLIN, 0 };
for (;;) {
/* The first time through, this call will return immediately. */
poll(&amp;pfd, 1, -1);
/* To see what's changed, compare the file's previous and current
contents or scan the filesystem. (Scanning is more precise.) */
}</programlisting>
Note that this behavior is intended to be used for informational
and debug purposes. It would be more appropriate to use programs
such as udev or HAL to initialize a device or start a user-mode
helper program, for instance.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1>

23
Documentation/HOWTO
View File

@ -358,7 +358,8 @@ Here is a list of some of the different kernel trees available:
quilt trees:
- USB, PCI, Driver Core, and I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/
- x86-64, partly i386, Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/
Bug Reporting
-------------
@ -374,6 +375,26 @@ of information is needed by the kernel developers to help track down the
problem.
Managing bug reports
--------------------
One of the best ways to put into practice your hacking skills is by fixing
bugs reported by other people. Not only you will help to make the kernel
more stable, you'll learn to fix real world problems and you will improve
your skills, and other developers will be aware of your presence. Fixing
bugs is one of the best ways to earn merit amongst the developers, because
not many people like wasting time fixing other people's bugs.
To work in the already reported bug reports, go to http://bugzilla.kernel.org.
If you want to be advised of the future bug reports, you can subscribe to the
bugme-new mailing list (only new bug reports are mailed here) or to the
bugme-janitor mailing list (every change in the bugzilla is mailed here)
http://lists.osdl.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-new
http://lists.osdl.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-janitors
Mailing lists
-------------

9
Documentation/IPMI.txt
View File

@ -326,9 +326,12 @@ for events, they will all receive all events that come in.
For receiving commands, you have to individually register commands you
want to receive. Call ipmi_register_for_cmd() and supply the netfn
and command name for each command you want to receive. Only one user
may be registered for each netfn/cmd, but different users may register
for different commands.
and command name for each command you want to receive. You also
specify a bitmask of the channels you want to receive the command from
(or use IPMI_CHAN_ALL for all channels if you don't care). Only one
user may be registered for each netfn/cmd/channel, but different users
may register for different commands, or the same command if the
channel bitmasks do not overlap.
From userland, equivalent IOCTLs are provided to do these functions.

5
Documentation/SubmitChecklist
View File

@ -61,3 +61,8 @@ kernel patches.
Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt.
18: All new module parameters are documented with MODULE_PARM_DESC()
19: All new userspace interfaces are documented in Documentation/ABI/.
See Documentation/ABI/README for more information.
20: Check that it all passes `make headers_check'.

21
Documentation/SubmittingDrivers
View File

@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ Copyright: The copyright owner must agree to use of GPL.
are the same person/entity. If not, the name of
the person/entity authorizing use of GPL should be
listed in case it's necessary to verify the will of
the copright owner.
the copyright owner.
Interfaces: If your driver uses existing interfaces and behaves like
other drivers in the same class it will be much more likely
to be accepted than if it invents gratuitous new ones.
to be accepted than if it invents gratuitous new ones.
If you need to implement a common API over Linux and NT
drivers do it in userspace.
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Clarity: It helps if anyone can see how to fix the driver. It helps
it will go in the bitbucket.
Control: In general if there is active maintainance of a driver by
the author then patches will be redirected to them unless
the author then patches will be redirected to them unless
they are totally obvious and without need of checking.
If you want to be the contact and update point for the
driver it is a good idea to state this in the comments,
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ What Criteria Do Not Determine Acceptance
Vendor: Being the hardware vendor and maintaining the driver is
often a good thing. If there is a stable working driver from
other people already in the tree don't expect 'we are the
vendor' to get your driver chosen. Ideally work with the
vendor' to get your driver chosen. Ideally work with the
existing driver author to build a single perfect driver.
Author: It doesn't matter if a large Linux company wrote the driver,
@ -116,17 +116,13 @@ Linux kernel master tree:
ftp.??.kernel.org:/pub/linux/kernel/...
?? == your country code, such as "us", "uk", "fr", etc.
Linux kernel mailing list:
Linux kernel mailing list:
linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
[mail majordomo@vger.kernel.org to subscribe]
Linux Device Drivers, Third Edition (covers 2.6.10):
http://lwn.net/Kernel/LDD3/ (free version)
Kernel traffic:
Weekly summary of kernel list activity (much easier to read)
http://www.kerneltraffic.org/kernel-traffic/
LWN.net:
Weekly summary of kernel development activity - http://lwn.net/
2.6 API changes:
@ -145,11 +141,8 @@ KernelNewbies:
Linux USB project:
http://www.linux-usb.org/
How to NOT write kernel driver by arjanv@redhat.com
http://people.redhat.com/arjanv/olspaper.pdf
How to NOT write kernel driver by Arjan van de Ven:
http://www.fenrus.org/how-to-not-write-a-device-driver-paper.pdf
Kernel Janitor:
http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
--
Last updated on 17 Nov 2005.

39
Documentation/SubmittingPatches
View File

@ -173,15 +173,15 @@ For small patches you may want to CC the Trivial Patch Monkey
trivial@kernel.org managed by Adrian Bunk; which collects "trivial"
patches. Trivial patches must qualify for one of the following rules:
Spelling fixes in documentation
Spelling fixes which could break grep(1).
Spelling fixes which could break grep(1)
Warning fixes (cluttering with useless warnings is bad)
Compilation fixes (only if they are actually correct)
Runtime fixes (only if they actually fix things)
Removing use of deprecated functions/macros (eg. check_region).
Removing use of deprecated functions/macros (eg. check_region)
Contact detail and documentation fixes
Non-portable code replaced by portable code (even in arch-specific,
since people copy, as long as it's trivial)
Any fix by the author/maintainer of the file. (ie. patch monkey
Any fix by the author/maintainer of the file (ie. patch monkey
in re-transmission mode)
URL: <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/bunk/trivial/>
@ -209,6 +209,19 @@ Exception: If your mailer is mangling patches then someone may ask
you to re-send them using MIME.
WARNING: Some mailers like Mozilla send your messages with
---- message header ----
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii; format=flowed
---- message header ----
The problem is that "format=flowed" makes some of the mailers
on receiving side to replace TABs with spaces and do similar
changes. Thus the patches from you can look corrupted.
To fix this just make your mozilla defaults/pref/mailnews.js file to look like:
pref("mailnews.send_plaintext_flowed", false); // RFC 2646=======
pref("mailnews.display.disable_format_flowed_support", true);
7) E-mail size.
@ -245,13 +258,13 @@ updated change.
It is quite common for Linus to "drop" your patch without comment.
That's the nature of the system. If he drops your patch, it could be
due to
* Your patch did not apply cleanly to the latest kernel version
* Your patch did not apply cleanly to the latest kernel version.
* Your patch was not sufficiently discussed on linux-kernel.
* A style issue (see section 2),
* An e-mail formatting issue (re-read this section)
* A technical problem with your change
* He gets tons of e-mail, and yours got lost in the shuffle
* You are being annoying (See Figure 1)
* A style issue (see section 2).
* An e-mail formatting issue (re-read this section).
* A technical problem with your change.
* He gets tons of e-mail, and yours got lost in the shuffle.
* You are being annoying.
When in doubt, solicit comments on linux-kernel mailing list.
@ -476,10 +489,10 @@ SECTION 3 - REFERENCES
Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp).
<http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt>
Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format."
Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
<http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
Greg Kroah-Hartman "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer".
Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer".
<http://www.kroah.com/log/2005/03/31/>
<http://www.kroah.com/log/2005/07/08/>
<http://www.kroah.com/log/2005/10/19/>
@ -488,9 +501,9 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer".
NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people!
<http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=112112749912944&w=2>
Kernel Documentation/CodingStyle
Kernel Documentation/CodingStyle:
<http://sosdg.org/~coywolf/lxr/source/Documentation/CodingStyle>
Linus Torvald's mail on the canonical patch format:
Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format:
<http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183>
--

7
Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
View File

@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
if (maskset) {
rc = send_cmd(nl_sd, id, mypid, TASKSTATS_CMD_GET,
TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_REGISTER_CPUMASK,
&cpumask, sizeof(cpumask));
&cpumask, strlen(cpumask) + 1);
PRINTF("Sent register cpumask, retval %d\n", rc);
if (rc < 0) {
printf("error sending register cpumask\n");
@ -315,7 +315,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
}
if (msg.n.nlmsg_type == NLMSG_ERROR ||
!NLMSG_OK((&msg.n), rep_len)) {
printf("fatal reply error, errno %d\n", errno);
struct nlmsgerr *err = NLMSG_DATA(&msg);
printf("fatal reply error, errno %d\n", err->error);
goto done;
}
@ -383,7 +384,7 @@ done:
if (maskset) {
rc = send_cmd(nl_sd, id, mypid, TASKSTATS_CMD_GET,
TASKSTATS_CMD_ATTR_DEREGISTER_CPUMASK,
&cpumask, sizeof(cpumask));
&cpumask, strlen(cpumask) + 1);
printf("Sent deregister mask, retval %d\n", rc);
if (rc < 0)
err(rc, "error sending deregister cpumask\n");

161
Documentation/accounting/taskstats-struct.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
The struct taskstats
--------------------
This document contains an explanation of the struct taskstats fields.
There are three different groups of fields in the struct taskstats:
1) Common and basic accounting fields
If CONFIG_TASKSTATS is set, the taskstats inteface is enabled and
the common fields and basic accounting fields are collected for
delivery at do_exit() of a task.
2) Delay accounting fields
These fields are placed between
/* Delay accounting fields start */
and
/* Delay accounting fields end */
Their values are collected if CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT is set.
3) Extended accounting fields
These fields are placed between
/* Extended accounting fields start */
and
/* Extended accounting fields end */
Their values are collected if CONFIG_TASK_XACCT is set.
Future extension should add fields to the end of the taskstats struct, and
should not change the relative position of each field within the struct.
struct taskstats {
1) Common and basic accounting fields:
/* The version number of this struct. This field is always set to
* TAKSTATS_VERSION, which is defined in <linux/taskstats.h>.
* Each time the struct is changed, the value should be incremented.
*/
__u16 version;
/* The exit code of a task. */
__u32 ac_exitcode; /* Exit status */
/* The accounting flags of a task as defined in <linux/acct.h>
* Defined values are AFORK, ASU, ACOMPAT, ACORE, and AXSIG.
*/
__u8 ac_flag; /* Record flags */
/* The value of task_nice() of a task. */
__u8 ac_nice; /* task_nice */
/* The name of the command that started this task. */
char ac_comm[TS_COMM_LEN]; /* Command name */
/* The scheduling discipline as set in task->policy field. */
__u8 ac_sched; /* Scheduling discipline */
__u8 ac_pad[3];
__u32 ac_uid; /* User ID */
__u32 ac_gid; /* Group ID */
__u32 ac_pid; /* Process ID */
__u32 ac_ppid; /* Parent process ID */
/* The time when a task begins, in [secs] since 1970. */
__u32 ac_btime; /* Begin time [sec since 1970] */
/* The elapsed time of a task, in [usec]. */
__u64 ac_etime; /* Elapsed time [usec] */
/* The user CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */
__u64 ac_utime; /* User CPU time [usec] */
/* The system CPU time of a task, in [usec]. */
__u64 ac_stime; /* System CPU time [usec] */
/* The minor page fault count of a task, as set in task->min_flt. */
__u64 ac_minflt; /* Minor Page Fault Count */
/* The major page fault count of a task, as set in task->maj_flt. */
__u64 ac_majflt; /* Major Page Fault Count */
2) Delay accounting fields:
/* Delay accounting fields start
*
* All values, until the comment "Delay accounting fields end" are
* available only if delay accounting is enabled, even though the last
* few fields are not delays
*
* xxx_count is the number of delay values recorded
* xxx_delay_total is the corresponding cumulative delay in nanoseconds
*
* xxx_delay_total wraps around to zero on overflow
* xxx_count incremented regardless of overflow
*/
/* Delay waiting for cpu, while runnable
* count, delay_total NOT updated atomically
*/
__u64 cpu_count;
__u64 cpu_delay_total;
/* Following four fields atomically updated using task->delays->lock */
/* Delay waiting for synchronous block I/O to complete
* does not account for delays in I/O submission
*/
__u64 blkio_count;
__u64 blkio_delay_total;
/* Delay waiting for page fault I/O (swap in only) */
__u64 swapin_count;
__u64 swapin_delay_total;
/* cpu "wall-clock" running time
* On some architectures, value will adjust for cpu time stolen
* from the kernel in involuntary waits due to virtualization.
* Value is cumulative, in nanoseconds, without a corresponding count
* and wraps around to zero silently on overflow
*/
__u64 cpu_run_real_total;
/* cpu "virtual" running time
* Uses time intervals seen by the kernel i.e. no adjustment
* for kernel's involuntary waits due to virtualization.
* Value is cumulative, in nanoseconds, without a corresponding count
* and wraps around to zero silently on overflow
*/
__u64 cpu_run_virtual_total;
/* Delay accounting fields end */
/* version 1 ends here */
3) Extended accounting fields
/* Extended accounting fields start */
/* Accumulated RSS usage in duration of a task, in MBytes-usecs.
* The current rss usage is added to this counter every time
* a tick is charged to a task's system time. So, at the end we
* will have memory usage multiplied by system time. Thus an
* average usage per system time unit can be calculated.
*/
__u64 coremem; /* accumulated RSS usage in MB-usec */
/* Accumulated virtual memory usage in duration of a task.
* Same as acct_rss_mem1 above except that we keep track of VM usage.
*/
__u64 virtmem; /* accumulated VM usage in MB-usec */
/* High watermark of RSS usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */
__u64 hiwater_rss; /* High-watermark of RSS usage */
/* High watermark of VM usage in duration of a task, in KBytes. */
__u64 hiwater_vm; /* High-water virtual memory usage */
/* The following four fields are I/O statistics of a task. */
__u64 read_char; /* bytes read */
__u64 write_char; /* bytes written */
__u64 read_syscalls; /* read syscalls */
__u64 write_syscalls; /* write syscalls */
/* Extended accounting fields end */
}

10
Documentation/cpusets.txt
View File

@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ exclusive cpuset. Also, the use of a Linux virtual file system (vfs)
to represent the cpuset hierarchy provides for a familiar permission
and name space for cpusets, with a minimum of additional kernel code.
The cpus file in the root (top_cpuset) cpuset is read-only.
It automatically tracks the value of cpu_online_map, using a CPU
hotplug notifier. If and when memory nodes can be hotplugged,
we expect to make the mems file in the root cpuset read-only
as well, and have it track the value of node_online_map.
The cpus and mems files in the root (top_cpuset) cpuset are
read-only. The cpus file automatically tracks the value of
cpu_online_map using a CPU hotplug notifier, and the mems file
automatically tracks the value of node_online_map using the
cpuset_track_online_nodes() hook.
1.4 What are exclusive cpusets ?

36
Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt
View File

@ -19,15 +19,14 @@ At the lowest level are algorithms, which register dynamically with the
API.
'Transforms' are user-instantiated objects, which maintain state, handle all
of the implementation logic (e.g. manipulating page vectors), provide an
abstraction to the underlying algorithms, and handle common logical
operations (e.g. cipher modes, HMAC for digests). However, at the user
of the implementation logic (e.g. manipulating page vectors) and provide an
abstraction to the underlying algorithms. However, at the user
level they are very simple.
Conceptually, the API layering looks like this:
[transform api] (user interface)
[transform ops] (per-type logic glue e.g. cipher.c, digest.c)
[transform ops] (per-type logic glue e.g. cipher.c, compress.c)
[algorithm api] (for registering algorithms)
The idea is to make the user interface and algorithm registration API
@ -44,22 +43,27 @@ under development.
Here's an example of how to use the API:
#include <linux/crypto.h>
#include <linux/err.h>
#include <linux/scatterlist.h>
struct scatterlist sg[2];
char result[128];
struct crypto_tfm *tfm;
struct crypto_hash *tfm;
struct hash_desc desc;
tfm = crypto_alloc_tfm("md5", 0);
if (tfm == NULL)
tfm = crypto_alloc_hash("md5", 0, CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC);
if (IS_ERR(tfm))
fail();
/* ... set up the scatterlists ... */
desc.tfm = tfm;
desc.flags = 0;
crypto_digest_init(tfm);
crypto_digest_update(tfm, &sg, 2);
crypto_digest_final(tfm, result);
if (crypto_hash_digest(&desc, &sg, 2, result))
fail();
crypto_free_tfm(tfm);
crypto_free_hash(tfm);
Many real examples are available in the regression test module (tcrypt.c).
@ -126,7 +130,7 @@ might already be working on.
BUGS
Send bug reports to:
James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com>
@ -134,13 +138,14 @@ FURTHER INFORMATION
For further patches and various updates, including the current TODO
list, see:
http://samba.org/~jamesm/crypto/
http://gondor.apana.org.au/~herbert/crypto/
AUTHORS
James Morris
David S. Miller
Herbert Xu
CREDITS
@ -238,8 +243,11 @@ Anubis algorithm contributors:
Tiger algorithm contributors:
Aaron Grothe
VIA PadLock contributors:
Michal Ludvig
Generic scatterwalk code by Adam J. Richter <adam@yggdrasil.com>
Please send any credits updates or corrections to:
James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>

3
Documentation/devices.txt
View File

@ -2543,6 +2543,9 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
64 = /dev/usb/rio500 Diamond Rio 500
65 = /dev/usb/usblcd USBLCD Interface (info@usblcd.de)
66 = /dev/usb/cpad0 Synaptics cPad (mouse/LCD)
67 = /dev/usb/adutux0 1st Ontrak ADU device
...
76 = /dev/usb/adutux10 10th Ontrak ADU device
96 = /dev/usb/hiddev0 1st USB HID device
...
111 = /dev/usb/hiddev15 16th USB HID device

1
Documentation/dontdiff
View File

@ -135,6 +135,7 @@ tags
times.h*
tkparse
trix_boot.h
utsrelease.h*
version.h*
vmlinux
vmlinux-*

11
Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt
View File

@ -1,16 +1,19 @@
Intel 830M/845G/852GM/855GM/865G/915G Framebuffer driver
Intel 830M/845G/852GM/855GM/865G/915G/945G Framebuffer driver
================================================================
A. Introduction
This is a framebuffer driver for various Intel 810/815 compatible
This is a framebuffer driver for various Intel 8xx/9xx compatible
graphics devices. These would include:
Intel 830M
Intel 810E845G
Intel 845G
Intel 852GM
Intel 855GM
Intel 865G
Intel 915G
Intel 915GM
Intel 945G
Intel 945GM
B. List of available options
@ -78,7 +81,7 @@ C. Kernel booting
Separate each option/option-pair by commas (,) and the option from its value
with an equals sign (=) as in the following:
video=i810fb:option1,option2=value2
video=intelfb:option1,option2=value2
Sample Usage
------------

67
Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
View File

@ -6,6 +6,21 @@ be removed from this file.
---------------------------
What: /sys/devices/.../power/state
dev->power.power_state
dpm_runtime_{suspend,resume)()
When: July 2007
Why: Broken design for runtime control over driver power states, confusing
driver-internal runtime power management with: mechanisms to support
system-wide sleep state transitions; event codes that distinguish
different phases of swsusp "sleep" transitions; and userspace policy
inputs. This framework was never widely used, and most attempts to
use it were broken. Drivers should instead be exposing domain-specific
interfaces either to kernel or to userspace.
Who: Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
---------------------------
What: RAW driver (CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER)
When: December 2005
Why: declared obsolete since kernel 2.6.3
@ -31,17 +46,8 @@ Who: Jody McIntyre <scjody@modernduck.com>
---------------------------
What: sbp2: module parameter "force_inquiry_hack"
When: July 2006
Why: Superceded by parameter "workarounds". Both parameters are meant to be
used ad-hoc and for single devices only, i.e. not in modprobe.conf,
therefore the impact of this feature replacement should be low.
Who: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
---------------------------
What: Video4Linux API 1 ioctls and video_decoder.h from Video devices.
When: July 2006
When: December 2006
Why: V4L1 AP1 was replaced by V4L2 API. during migration from 2.4 to 2.6
series. The old API have lots of drawbacks and don't provide enough
means to work with all video and audio standards. The newer API is
@ -55,6 +61,18 @@ Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@brturbo.com.br>
---------------------------
What: sys_sysctl
When: January 2007
Why: The same information is available through /proc/sys and that is the
interface user space prefers to use. And there do not appear to be
any existing user in user space of sys_sysctl. The additional
maintenance overhead of keeping a set of binary names gets
in the way of doing a good job of maintaining this interface.
Who: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
---------------------------
What: PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl])
When: November 2005
Files: drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c
@ -202,14 +220,6 @@ Who: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
---------------------------
What: Support for the MIPS EV96100 evaluation board
When: September 2006
Why: Does no longer build since at least November 15, 2003, apparently
no userbase left.
Who: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
---------------------------
What: Support for the Momentum / PMC-Sierra Jaguar ATX evaluation board
When: September 2006
Why: Does no longer build since quite some time, and was never popular,
@ -294,3 +304,24 @@ Why: The frame diverter is included in most distribution kernels, but is
It is not clear if anyone is still using it.
Who: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
---------------------------
What: PHYSDEVPATH, PHYSDEVBUS, PHYSDEVDRIVER in the uevent environment
When: Oktober 2008
Why: The stacking of class devices makes these values misleading and
inconsistent.
Class devices should not carry any of these properties, and bus
devices have SUBSYTEM and DRIVER as a replacement.
Who: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@suse.de>
---------------------------
What: i2c-isa
When: December 2006
Why: i2c-isa is a non-sense and doesn't fit in the device driver
model. Drivers relying on it are better implemented as platform
drivers.
Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
---------------------------

5
Documentation/filesystems/Locking
View File

@ -356,10 +356,9 @@ The last two are called only from check_disk_change().
prototypes:
loff_t (*llseek) (struct file *, loff_t, int);
ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
ssize_t (*aio_read) (struct kiocb *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t);
ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
ssize_t (*aio_write) (struct kiocb *, const char __user *, size_t,
loff_t);
ssize_t (*aio_read) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t);
ssize_t (*aio_write) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t);
int (*readdir) (struct file *, void *, filldir_t);
unsigned int (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
int (*ioctl) (struct inode *, struct file *, unsigned int,

32
Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
View File

@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ Table of Contents
2.9 Appletalk
2.10 IPX
2.11 /proc/sys/fs/mqueue - POSIX message queues filesystem
2.12 /proc/<pid>/oom_adj - Adjust the oom-killer score
2.13 /proc/<pid>/oom_score - Display current oom-killer score
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preface
@ -1124,11 +1126,15 @@ debugging information is displayed on console.
NMI switch that most IA32 servers have fires unknown NMI up, for example.
If a system hangs up, try pressing the NMI switch.
[NOTE]
This function and oprofile share a NMI callback. Therefore this function
cannot be enabled when oprofile is activated.
And NMI watchdog will be disabled when the value in this file is set to
non-zero.
nmi_watchdog
------------
Enables/Disables the NMI watchdog on x86 systems. When the value is non-zero
the NMI watchdog is enabled and will continuously test all online cpus to
determine whether or not they are still functioning properly.
Because the NMI watchdog shares registers with oprofile, by disabling the NMI
watchdog, oprofile may have more registers to utilize.
2.4 /proc/sys/vm - The virtual memory subsystem
@ -1958,6 +1964,22 @@ a queue must be less or equal then msg_max.
maximum message size value (it is every message queue's attribute set during
its creation).
2.12 /proc/<pid>/oom_adj - Adjust the oom-killer score
------------------------------------------------------
This file can be used to adjust the score used to select which processes
should be killed in an out-of-memory situation. Giving it a high score will
increase the likelihood of this process being killed by the oom-killer. Valid
values are in the range -16 to +15, plus the special value -17, which disables
oom-killing altogether for this process.
2.13 /proc/<pid>/oom_score - Display current oom-killer score
-------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This file can be used to check the current score used by the oom-killer is for
any given <pid>. Use it together with /proc/<pid>/oom_adj to tune which
process should be killed in an out-of-memory situation.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary

4
Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
View File

@ -699,9 +699,9 @@ This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel
struct file_operations {
loff_t (*llseek) (struct file *, loff_t, int);
ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
ssize_t (*aio_read) (struct kiocb *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t);
ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
ssize_t (*aio_write) (struct kiocb *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t);
ssize_t (*aio_read) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t);
ssize_t (*aio_write) (struct kiocb *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t);
int (*readdir) (struct file *, void *, filldir_t);
unsigned int (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
int (*ioctl) (struct inode *, struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);

61
Documentation/hwmon/it87
View File

@ -13,12 +13,25 @@ Supported chips:
from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
http://www.ite.com.tw/
* IT8716F
Prefix: 'it8716'
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8716F_V0.3.ZIP
* IT8718F
Prefix: 'it8718'
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0.2.zip
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0%203_(for%20C%20version).zip
* SiS950 [clone of IT8705F]
Prefix: 'it87'
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
Datasheet: No longer be available
Author: Christophe Gauthron <chrisg@0-in.com>
Authors:
Christophe Gauthron <chrisg@0-in.com>
Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Module Parameters
@ -43,26 +56,46 @@ Module Parameters
Description
-----------
This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F and SiS950 chips.
This driver also supports IT8712F, which adds SMBus access, and a VID
input, used to report the Vcore voltage of the Pentium processor.
The IT8712F additionally features VID inputs.
This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
IT8718F and SiS950 chips.
These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports,
joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they
include an 'environment controller' with 3 temperature sensors, 3 fan
rotation speed sensors, 8 voltage sensors, and associated alarms.
The IT8712F and IT8716F additionally feature VID inputs, used to report
the Vcore voltage of the processor. The early IT8712F have 5 VID pins,
the IT8716F and late IT8712F have 6. They are shared with other functions
though, so the functionality may not be available on a given system.
The driver dumbly assume it is there.
The IT8718F also features VID inputs (up to 8 pins) but the value is
stored in the Super-I/O configuration space. Due to technical limitations,
this value can currently only be read once at initialization time, so
the driver won't notice and report changes in the VID value. The two
upper VID bits share their pins with voltage inputs (in5 and in6) so you
can't have both on a given board.
The IT8716F, IT8718F and later IT8712F revisions have support for
2 additional fans. They are not yet supported by the driver.
The IT8716F and IT8718F, and late IT8712F and IT8705F also have optional
16-bit tachometer counters for fans 1 to 3. This is better (no more fan
clock divider mess) but not compatible with the older chips and
revisions. For now, the driver only uses the 16-bit mode on the
IT8716F and IT8718F.
Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once
when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed.
Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan
readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give the
readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be
represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 2, the lowest
representable value is around 2600 RPM.
triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. When
16-bit tachometer counters aren't used, fan readings can be divided by
a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give the readings more range or
accuracy. With a divider of 2, the lowest representable value is around
2600 RPM. Not all RPM values can accurately be represented, so some rounding
is done.
Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. An
alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or
@ -71,9 +104,9 @@ zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage
inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of
0.016 volt. The battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers.
The VID lines (IT8712F only) encode the core voltage value: the voltage
level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by the mainboard
and/or processor itself. It is a value in volts.
The VID lines (IT8712F/IT8716F/IT8718F) encode the core voltage value:
the voltage level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by
the mainboard and/or processor itself. It is a value in volts.
If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already

52
Documentation/hwmon/k8temp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
Kernel driver k8temp
====================
Supported chips:
* AMD K8 CPU
Prefix: 'k8temp'
Addresses scanned: PCI space
Datasheet: http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/32559.pdf
Author: Rudolf Marek
Contact: Rudolf Marek <r.marek@sh.cvut.cz>
Description
-----------
This driver permits reading temperature sensor(s) embedded inside AMD K8 CPUs.
Official documentation says that it works from revision F of K8 core, but
in fact it seems to be implemented for all revisions of K8 except the first
two revisions (SH-B0 and SH-B3).
There can be up to four temperature sensors inside single CPU. The driver
will auto-detect the sensors and will display only temperatures from
implemented sensors.
Mapping of /sys files is as follows:
temp1_input - temperature of Core 0 and "place" 0
temp2_input - temperature of Core 0 and "place" 1
temp3_input - temperature of Core 1 and "place" 0
temp4_input - temperature of Core 1 and "place" 1
Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is
1 degree C. It is expected that future CPU will have better resolution. The
temperature is updated once a second. Valid temperatures are from -49 to
206 degrees C.
Temperature known as TCaseMax was specified for processors up to revision E.
This temperature is defined as temperature between heat-spreader and CPU
case, so the internal CPU temperature supplied by this driver can be higher.
There is no easy way how to measure the temperature which will correlate
with TCaseMax temperature.
For newer revisions of CPU (rev F, socket AM2) there is a mathematically
computed temperature called TControl, which must be lower than TControlMax.
The relationship is following:
temp1_input - TjOffset*2 < TControlMax,
TjOffset is not yet exported by the driver, TControlMax is usually
70 degrees C. The rule of the thumb -> CPU temperature should not cross
60 degrees C too much.

206
Documentation/hwmon/vt1211 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
Kernel driver vt1211
====================
Supported chips:
* VIA VT1211
Prefix: 'vt1211'
Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super-I/O config space
Datasheet: Provided by VIA upon request and under NDA
Authors: Juerg Haefliger <juergh@gmail.com>
This driver is based on the driver for kernel 2.4 by Mark D. Studebaker and
its port to kernel 2.6 by Lars Ekman.
Thanks to Joseph Chan and Fiona Gatt from VIA for providing documentation and
technical support.
Module Parameters
-----------------
* uch_config: int Override the BIOS default universal channel (UCH)
configuration for channels 1-5.
Legal values are in the range of 0-31. Bit 0 maps to
UCH1, bit 1 maps to UCH2 and so on. Setting a bit to 1
enables the thermal input of that particular UCH and
setting a bit to 0 enables the voltage input.
* int_mode: int Override the BIOS default temperature interrupt mode.
The only possible value is 0 which forces interrupt
mode 0. In this mode, any pending interrupt is cleared
when the status register is read but is regenerated as
long as the temperature stays above the hysteresis
limit.
Be aware that overriding BIOS defaults might cause some unwanted side effects!
Description
-----------
The VIA VT1211 Super-I/O chip includes complete hardware monitoring
capabilities. It monitors 2 dedicated temperature sensor inputs (temp1 and
temp2), 1 dedicated voltage (in5) and 2 fans. Additionally, the chip
implements 5 universal input channels (UCH1-5) that can be individually
programmed to either monitor a voltage or a temperature.
This chip also provides manual and automatic control of fan speeds (according
to the datasheet). The driver only supports automatic control since the manual
mode doesn't seem to work as advertised in the datasheet. In fact I couldn't
get manual mode to work at all! Be aware that automatic mode hasn't been
tested very well (due to the fact that my EPIA M10000 doesn't have the fans
connected to the PWM outputs of the VT1211 :-().
The following table shows the relationship between the vt1211 inputs and the
sysfs nodes.
Sensor Voltage Mode Temp Mode Default Use (from the datasheet)
------ ------------ --------- --------------------------------
Reading 1 temp1 Intel thermal diode
Reading 3 temp2 Internal thermal diode
UCH1/Reading2 in0 temp3 NTC type thermistor
UCH2 in1 temp4 +2.5V
UCH3 in2 temp5 VccP (processor core)
UCH4 in3 temp6 +5V
UCH5 in4 temp7 +12V
+3.3V in5 Internal VCC (+3.3V)
Voltage Monitoring
------------------
Voltages are sampled by an 8-bit ADC with a LSB of ~10mV. The supported input
range is thus from 0 to 2.60V. Voltage values outside of this range need
external scaling resistors. This external scaling needs to be compensated for
via compute lines in sensors.conf, like:
compute inx @*(1+R1/R2), @/(1+R1/R2)
The board level scaling resistors according to VIA's recommendation are as
follows. And this is of course totally dependent on the actual board
implementation :-) You will have to find documentation for your own
motherboard and edit sensors.conf accordingly.
Expected
Voltage R1 R2 Divider Raw Value
-----------------------------------------------
+2.5V 2K 10K 1.2 2083 mV
VccP --- --- 1.0 1400 mV (1)
+5V 14K 10K 2.4 2083 mV
+12V 47K 10K 5.7 2105 mV
+3.3V (int) 2K 3.4K 1.588 3300 mV (2)
+3.3V (ext) 6.8K 10K 1.68 1964 mV
(1) Depending on the CPU (1.4V is for a VIA C3 Nehemiah).
(2) R1 and R2 for 3.3V (int) are internal to the VT1211 chip and the driver
performs the scaling and returns the properly scaled voltage value.
Each measured voltage has an associated low and high limit which triggers an
alarm when crossed.
Temperature Monitoring
----------------------
Temperatures are reported in millidegree Celsius. Each measured temperature
has a high limit which triggers an alarm if crossed. There is an associated
hysteresis value with each temperature below which the temperature has to drop
before the alarm is cleared (this is only true for interrupt mode 0). The
interrupt mode can be forced to 0 in case the BIOS doesn't do it
automatically. See the 'Module Parameters' section for details.
All temperature channels except temp2 are external. Temp2 is the VT1211
internal thermal diode and the driver does all the scaling for temp2 and
returns the temperature in millidegree Celsius. For the external channels
temp1 and temp3-temp7, scaling depends on the board implementation and needs
to be performed in userspace via sensors.conf.
Temp1 is an Intel-type thermal diode which requires the following formula to
convert between sysfs readings and real temperatures:
compute temp1 (@-Offset)/Gain, (@*Gain)+Offset
According to the VIA VT1211 BIOS porting guide, the following gain and offset
values should be used:
Diode Type Offset Gain
---------- ------ ----
Intel CPU 88.638 0.9528
65.000 0.9686 *)
VIA C3 Ezra 83.869 0.9528
VIA C3 Ezra-T 73.869 0.9528
*) This is the formula from the lm_sensors 2.10.0 sensors.conf file. I don't
know where it comes from or how it was derived, it's just listed here for
completeness.
Temp3-temp7 support NTC thermistors. For these channels, the driver returns
the voltages as seen at the individual pins of UCH1-UCH5. The voltage at the
pin (Vpin) is formed by a voltage divider made of the thermistor (Rth) and a
scaling resistor (Rs):
Vpin = 2200 * Rth / (Rs + Rth) (2200 is the ADC max limit of 2200 mV)
The equation for the thermistor is as follows (google it if you want to know
more about it):
Rth = Ro * exp(B * (1 / T - 1 / To)) (To is 298.15K (25C) and Ro is the
nominal resistance at 25C)
Mingling the above two equations and assuming Rs = Ro and B = 3435 yields the
following formula for sensors.conf:
compute tempx 1 / (1 / 298.15 - (` (2200 / @ - 1)) / 3435) - 273.15,
2200 / (1 + (^ (3435 / 298.15 - 3435 / (273.15 + @))))
Fan Speed Control
-----------------
The VT1211 provides 2 programmable PWM outputs to control the speeds of 2
fans. Writing a 2 to any of the two pwm[1-2]_enable sysfs nodes will put the
PWM controller in automatic mode. There is only a single controller that
controls both PWM outputs but each PWM output can be individually enabled and
disabled.
Each PWM has 4 associated distinct output duty-cycles: full, high, low and
off. Full and off are internally hard-wired to 255 (100%) and 0 (0%),
respectively. High and low can be programmed via
pwm[1-2]_auto_point[2-3]_pwm. Each PWM output can be associated with a
different thermal input but - and here's the weird part - only one set of
thermal thresholds exist that controls both PWMs output duty-cycles. The
thermal thresholds are accessible via pwm[1-2]_auto_point[1-4]_temp. Note
that even though there are 2 sets of 4 auto points each, they map to the same
registers in the VT1211 and programming one set is sufficient (actually only
the first set pwm1_auto_point[1-4]_temp is writable, the second set is
read-only).
PWM Auto Point PWM Output Duty-Cycle
------------------------------------------------
pwm[1-2]_auto_point4_pwm full speed duty-cycle (hard-wired to 255)
pwm[1-2]_auto_point3_pwm high speed duty-cycle
pwm[1-2]_auto_point2_pwm low speed duty-cycle
pwm[1-2]_auto_point1_pwm off duty-cycle (hard-wired to 0)
Temp Auto Point Thermal Threshold
---------------------------------------------
pwm[1-2]_auto_point4_temp full speed temp
pwm[1-2]_auto_point3_temp high speed temp
pwm[1-2]_auto_point2_temp low speed temp
pwm[1-2]_auto_point1_temp off temp
Long story short, the controller implements the following algorithm to set the
PWM output duty-cycle based on the input temperature:
Thermal Threshold Output Duty-Cycle
(Rising Temp) (Falling Temp)
----------------------------------------------------------
full speed duty-cycle full speed duty-cycle
full speed temp
high speed duty-cycle full speed duty-cycle
high speed temp
low speed duty-cycle high speed duty-cycle
low speed temp
off duty-cycle low speed duty-cycle
off temp

85
Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
Kernel driver w83627ehf
=======================
Supported chips:
* Winbond W83627EHF/EHG (ISA access ONLY)
Prefix: 'w83627ehf'
Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers
Datasheet: http://www.winbond-usa.com/products/winbond_products/pdfs/PCIC/W83627EHF_%20W83627EHGb.pdf
Authors:
Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Yuan Mu (Winbond)
Rudolf Marek <r.marek@sh.cvut.cz>
Description
-----------
This driver implements support for the Winbond W83627EHF and W83627EHG
super I/O chips. We will refer to them collectively as Winbond chips.
The chips implement three temperature sensors, five fan rotation
speed sensors, ten analog voltage sensors, alarms with beep warnings (control
unimplemented), and some automatic fan regulation strategies (plus manual
fan control mode).
Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is 1
degC for temp1 and 0.5 degC for temp2 and temp3. An alarm is triggered when
the temperature gets higher than high limit; it stays on until the temperature
falls below the Hysteresis value.
Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan
readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or
128) to give the readings more range or accuracy. The driver sets the most
suitable fan divisor itself. Some fans might not be present because they
share pins with other functions.
Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in millivolts.
An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum
or maximum limit.
The driver supports automatic fan control mode known as Thermal Cruise.
In this mode, the chip attempts to keep the measured temperature in a
predefined temperature range. If the temperature goes out of range, fan
is driven slower/faster to reach the predefined range again.
The mode works for fan1-fan4. Mapping of temperatures to pwm outputs is as
follows:
temp1 -> pwm1
temp2 -> pwm2
temp3 -> pwm3
prog -> pwm4 (the programmable setting is not supported by the driver)
/sys files
----------
pwm[1-4] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range:
0 (stop) to 255 (full)
pwm[1-4]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control:
* 1 Manual Mode, write to pwm file any value 0-255 (full speed)
* 2 Thermal Cruise
Thermal Cruise mode
-------------------
If the temperature is in the range defined by:
pwm[1-4]_target - set target temperature, unit millidegree Celcius
(range 0 - 127000)
pwm[1-4]_tolerance - tolerance, unit millidegree Celcius (range 0 - 15000)
there are no changes to fan speed. Once the temperature leaves the interval,
fan speed increases (temp is higher) or decreases if lower than desired.
There are defined steps and times, but not exported by the driver yet.
pwm[1-4]_min_output - minimum fan speed (range 1 - 255), when the temperature
is below defined range.
pwm[1-4]_stop_time - how many milliseconds [ms] must elapse to switch
corresponding fan off. (when the temperature was below
defined range).
Note: last two functions are influenced by other control bits, not yet exported
by the driver, so a change might not have any effect.

67
Documentation/hwmon/w83791d
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips:
* Winbond W83791D
Prefix: 'w83791d'
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
Datasheet: http://www.winbond-usa.com/products/winbond_products/pdfs/PCIC/W83791Da.pdf
Datasheet: http://www.winbond-usa.com/products/winbond_products/pdfs/PCIC/W83791D_W83791Gb.pdf
Author: Charles Spirakis <bezaur@gmail.com>
@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ Credits:
Chunhao Huang <DZShen@Winbond.com.tw>,
Rudolf Marek <r.marek@sh.cvut.cz>
Additional contributors:
Sven Anders <anders@anduras.de>
Module Parameters
-----------------
@ -46,7 +49,8 @@ Module Parameters
Description
-----------
This driver implements support for the Winbond W83791D chip.
This driver implements support for the Winbond W83791D chip. The W83791G
chip appears to be the same as the W83791D but is lead free.
Detection of the chip can sometimes be foiled because it can be in an
internal state that allows no clean access (Bank with ID register is not
@ -71,34 +75,36 @@ Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in millivolts.
An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum
or maximum limit.
Alarms are provided as output from a "realtime status register". The
following bits are defined:
The bit ordering for the alarm "realtime status register" and the
"beep enable registers" are different.
bit - alarm on:
0 - Vcore
1 - VINR0
2 - +3.3VIN
3 - 5VDD
4 - temp1
5 - temp2
6 - fan1
7 - fan2
8 - +12VIN
9 - -12VIN
10 - -5VIN
11 - fan3
12 - chassis
13 - temp3
14 - VINR1
15 - reserved
16 - tart1
17 - tart2
18 - tart3
19 - VSB
20 - VBAT
21 - fan4
22 - fan5
23 - reserved
in0 (VCORE) : alarms: 0x000001 beep_enable: 0x000001
in1 (VINR0) : alarms: 0x000002 beep_enable: 0x002000 <== mismatch
in2 (+3.3VIN): alarms: 0x000004 beep_enable: 0x000004
in3 (5VDD) : alarms: 0x000008 beep_enable: 0x000008
in4 (+12VIN) : alarms: 0x000100 beep_enable: 0x000100
in5 (-12VIN) : alarms: 0x000200 beep_enable: 0x000200
in6 (-5VIN) : alarms: 0x000400 beep_enable: 0x000400
in7 (VSB) : alarms: 0x080000 beep_enable: 0x010000 <== mismatch
in8 (VBAT) : alarms: 0x100000 beep_enable: 0x020000 <== mismatch
in9 (VINR1) : alarms: 0x004000 beep_enable: 0x004000
temp1 : alarms: 0x000010 beep_enable: 0x000010
temp2 : alarms: 0x000020 beep_enable: 0x000020
temp3 : alarms: 0x002000 beep_enable: 0x000002 <== mismatch
fan1 : alarms: 0x000040 beep_enable: 0x000040
fan2 : alarms: 0x000080 beep_enable: 0x000080
fan3 : alarms: 0x000800 beep_enable: 0x000800
fan4 : alarms: 0x200000 beep_enable: 0x200000
fan5 : alarms: 0x400000 beep_enable: 0x400000
tart1 : alarms: 0x010000 beep_enable: 0x040000 <== mismatch
tart2 : alarms: 0x020000 beep_enable: 0x080000 <== mismatch
tart3 : alarms: 0x040000 beep_enable: 0x100000 <== mismatch
case_open : alarms: 0x001000 beep_enable: 0x001000
user_enable : alarms: -------- beep_enable: 0x800000
*** NOTE: It is the responsibility of user-space code to handle the fact
that the beep enable and alarm bits are in different positions when using that
feature of the chip.
When an alarm goes off, you can be warned by a beeping signal through your
computer speaker. It is possible to enable all beeping globally, or only
@ -109,5 +115,6 @@ often will do no harm, but will return 'old' values.
W83791D TODO:
---------------
Provide a patch for per-file alarms as discussed on the mailing list
Provide a patch for per-file alarms and beep enables as defined in the hwmon
documentation (Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface)
Provide a patch for smart-fan control (still need appropriate motherboard/fans)

7
Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro
View File

@ -7,9 +7,12 @@ Supported adapters:
* VIA Technologies, Inc. VT82C686A/B
Datasheet: Sometimes available at the VIA website
* VIA Technologies, Inc. VT8231, VT8233, VT8233A, VT8235, VT8237R
* VIA Technologies, Inc. VT8231, VT8233, VT8233A
Datasheet: available on request from VIA
* VIA Technologies, Inc. VT8235, VT8237R, VT8237A, VT8251
Datasheet: available on request and under NDA from VIA
Authors:
Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>,
Mark D. Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>,
@ -39,6 +42,8 @@ Your lspci -n listing must show one of these :
device 1106:8235 (VT8231 function 4)
device 1106:3177 (VT8235)
device 1106:3227 (VT8237R)
device 1106:3337 (VT8237A)
device 1106:3287 (VT8251)
If none of these show up, you should look in the BIOS for settings like
enable ACPI / SMBus or even USB.

15
Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub
View File

@ -6,9 +6,12 @@ This module is a very simple fake I2C/SMBus driver. It implements four
types of SMBus commands: write quick, (r/w) byte, (r/w) byte data, and
(r/w) word data.
You need to provide a chip address as a module parameter when loading
this driver, which will then only react to SMBus commands to this address.
No hardware is needed nor associated with this module. It will accept write
quick commands to all addresses; it will respond to the other commands (also
to all addresses) by reading from or writing to an array in memory. It will
quick commands to one address; it will respond to the other commands (also
to one address) by reading from or writing to an array in memory. It will
also spam the kernel logs for every command it handles.
A pointer register with auto-increment is implemented for all byte
@ -21,6 +24,11 @@ The typical use-case is like this:
3. load the target sensors chip driver module
4. observe its behavior in the kernel log
PARAMETERS:
int chip_addr:
The SMBus address to emulate a chip at.
CAVEATS:
There are independent arrays for byte/data and word/data commands. Depending
@ -33,6 +41,9 @@ If the hardware for your driver has banked registers (e.g. Winbond sensors
chips) this module will not work well - although it could be extended to
support that pretty easily.
Only one chip address is supported - although this module could be
extended to support more.
If you spam it hard enough, printk can be lossy. This module really wants
something like relayfs.

12
Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
View File

@ -67,19 +67,19 @@ applicable everywhere (see syntax).
- default value: "default" <expr> ["if" <expr>]
A config option can have any number of default values. If multiple
default values are visible, only the first defined one is active.
Default values are not limited to the menu entry, where they are
defined, this means the default can be defined somewhere else or be
Default values are not limited to the menu entry where they are
defined. This means the default can be defined somewhere else or be
overridden by an earlier definition.
The default value is only assigned to the config symbol if no other
value was set by the user (via the input prompt above). If an input
prompt is visible the default value is presented to the user and can
be overridden by him.
Optionally dependencies only for this default value can be added with
Optionally, dependencies only for this default value can be added with
"if".
- dependencies: "depends on"/"requires" <expr>
This defines a dependency for this menu entry. If multiple
dependencies are defined they are connected with '&&'. Dependencies
dependencies are defined, they are connected with '&&'. Dependencies
are applied to all other options within this menu entry (which also
accept an "if" expression), so these two examples are equivalent:
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Nonconstant symbols are the most common ones and are defined with the
'config' statement. Nonconstant symbols consist entirely of alphanumeric
characters or underscores.
Constant symbols are only part of expressions. Constant symbols are
always surrounded by single or double quotes. Within the quote any
always surrounded by single or double quotes. Within the quote, any
other character is allowed and the quotes can be escaped using '\'.
Menu structure
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ choices:
<choice block>
"endchoice"
This defines a choice group and accepts any of above attributes as
This defines a choice group and accepts any of the above attributes as
options. A choice can only be of type bool or tristate, while a boolean
choice only allows a single config entry to be selected, a tristate
choice also allows any number of config entries to be set to 'm'. This

270
Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles.
=== 4 Host Program support
--- 4.1 Simple Host Program
--- 4.2 Composite Host Programs
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
--- 4.4 Using C++ for host programs
--- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs
--- 4.6 When host programs are actually built
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ architecture-specific information to the top Makefile.
Each subdirectory has a kbuild Makefile which carries out the commands
passed down from above. The kbuild Makefile uses information from the
.config file to construct various file lists used by kbuild to build
.config file to construct various file lists used by kbuild to build
any built-in or modular targets.
scripts/Makefile.* contains all the definitions/rules etc. that
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ any kernel Makefiles (or any other source files).
*Normal developers* are people who work on features such as device
drivers, file systems, and network protocols. These people need to
maintain the kbuild Makefiles for the subsystem that they are
maintain the kbuild Makefiles for the subsystem they are
working on. In order to do this effectively, they need some overall
knowledge about the kernel Makefiles, plus detailed knowledge about the
public interface for kbuild.
@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ This document is aimed towards normal developers and arch developers.
=== 3 The kbuild files
Most Makefiles within the kernel are kbuild Makefiles that use the
kbuild infrastructure. This chapter introduce the syntax used in the
kbuild infrastructure. This chapter introduces the syntax used in the
kbuild makefiles.
The preferred name for the kbuild files are 'Makefile' but 'Kbuild' can
be used and if both a 'Makefile' and a 'Kbuild' file exists then the 'Kbuild'
be used and if both a 'Makefile' and a 'Kbuild' file exists, then the 'Kbuild'
file will be used.
Section 3.1 "Goal definitions" is a quick intro, further chapters provide
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
Example:
obj-y += foo.o
This tell kbuild that there is one object in that directory named
This tell kbuild that there is one object in that directory, named
foo.o. foo.o will be built from foo.c or foo.S.
If foo.o shall be built as a module, the variable obj-m is used.
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
--- 3.2 Built-in object goals - obj-y
The kbuild Makefile specifies object files for vmlinux
in the lists $(obj-y). These lists depend on the kernel
in the $(obj-y) lists. These lists depend on the kernel
configuration.
Kbuild compiles all the $(obj-y) files. It then calls
@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ more details, with real examples.
Link order is significant, because certain functions
(module_init() / __initcall) will be called during boot in the
order they appear. So keep in mind that changing the link
order may e.g. change the order in which your SCSI
controllers are detected, and thus you disks are renumbered.
order may e.g. change the order in which your SCSI
controllers are detected, and thus your disks are renumbered.
Example:
#drivers/isdn/i4l/Makefile
@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ more details, with real examples.
Example:
#fs/ext2/Makefile
obj-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS) += ext2.o
ext2-y := balloc.o bitmap.o
ext2-y := balloc.o bitmap.o
ext2-$(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) += xattr.o
In this example xattr.o is only part of the composite object
ext2.o, if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) evaluates to 'y'.
In this example, xattr.o is only part of the composite object
ext2.o if $(CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR) evaluates to 'y'.
Note: Of course, when you are building objects into the kernel,
the syntax above will also work. So, if you have CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y,
@ -221,16 +221,16 @@ more details, with real examples.
--- 3.5 Library file goals - lib-y
Objects listed with obj-* are used for modules or
Objects listed with obj-* are used for modules, or
combined in a built-in.o for that specific directory.
There is also the possibility to list objects that will
be included in a library, lib.a.
All objects listed with lib-y are combined in a single
library for that directory.
Objects that are listed in obj-y and additional listed in
Objects that are listed in obj-y and additionaly listed in
lib-y will not be included in the library, since they will anyway
be accessible.
For consistency objects listed in lib-m will be included in lib.a.
For consistency, objects listed in lib-m will be included in lib.a.
Note that the same kbuild makefile may list files to be built-in
and to be part of a library. Therefore the same directory
@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ more details, with real examples.
lib-y := checksum.o delay.o
This will create a library lib.a based on checksum.o and delay.o.
For kbuild to actually recognize that there is a lib.a being build
For kbuild to actually recognize that there is a lib.a being built,
the directory shall be listed in libs-y.
See also "6.3 List directories to visit when descending".
Usage of lib-y is normally restricted to lib/ and arch/*/lib.
Use of lib-y is normally restricted to lib/ and arch/*/lib.
--- 3.6 Descending down in directories
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ more details, with real examples.
invoke make recursively in subdirectories, provided you let it know of
them.
To do so obj-y and obj-m are used.
To do so, obj-y and obj-m are used.
ext2 lives in a separate directory, and the Makefile present in fs/
tells kbuild to descend down using the following assignment.
@ -353,8 +353,8 @@ more details, with real examples.
Special rules are used when the kbuild infrastructure does
not provide the required support. A typical example is
header files generated during the build process.
Another example is the architecture specific Makefiles which
needs special rules to prepare boot images etc.
Another example are the architecture specific Makefiles which
need special rules to prepare boot images etc.
Special rules are written as normal Make rules.
Kbuild is not executing in the directory where the Makefile is
@ -387,28 +387,28 @@ more details, with real examples.
--- 3.11 $(CC) support functions
The kernel may be build with several different versions of
The kernel may be built with several different versions of
$(CC), each supporting a unique set of features and options.
kbuild provide basic support to check for valid options for $(CC).
$(CC) is useally the gcc compiler, but other alternatives are
available.
as-option
as-option is used to check if $(CC) when used to compile
assembler (*.S) files supports the given option. An optional
second option may be specified if first option are not supported.
as-option is used to check if $(CC) -- when used to compile
assembler (*.S) files -- supports the given option. An optional
second option may be specified if the first option is not supported.
Example:
#arch/sh/Makefile
cflags-y += $(call as-option,-Wa$(comma)-isa=$(isa-y),)
In the above example cflags-y will be assinged the the option
In the above example, cflags-y will be assigned the option
-Wa$(comma)-isa=$(isa-y) if it is supported by $(CC).
The second argument is optional, and if supplied will be used
if first argument is not supported.
ld-option
ld-option is used to check if $(CC) when used to link object files
ld-option is used to check if $(CC) when used to link object files
supports the given option. An optional second option may be
specified if first option are not supported.
@ -421,8 +421,13 @@ more details, with real examples.
The second argument is optional, and if supplied will be used
if first argument is not supported.
as-instr
as-instr checks if the assembler reports a specific instruction
and then outputs either option1 or option2
C escapes are supported in the test instruction
cc-option
cc-option is used to check if $(CC) support a given option, and not
cc-option is used to check if $(CC) supports a given option, and not
supported to use an optional second option.
Example:
@ -430,12 +435,12 @@ more details, with real examples.
cflags-y += $(call cc-option,-march=pentium-mmx,-march=i586)
In the above example cflags-y will be assigned the option
-march=pentium-mmx if supported by $(CC), otherwise -march-i586.
The second argument to cc-option is optional, and if omitted
-march=pentium-mmx if supported by $(CC), otherwise -march=i586.
The second argument to cc-option is optional, and if omitted,
cflags-y will be assigned no value if first option is not supported.
cc-option-yn
cc-option-yn is used to check if gcc supports a given option
cc-option-yn is used to check if gcc supports a given option
and return 'y' if supported, otherwise 'n'.
Example:
@ -443,32 +448,33 @@ more details, with real examples.
biarch := $(call cc-option-yn, -m32)
aflags-$(biarch) += -a32
cflags-$(biarch) += -m32
In the above example $(biarch) is set to y if $(CC) supports the -m32
option. When $(biarch) equals to y the expanded variables $(aflags-y)
and $(cflags-y) will be assigned the values -a32 and -m32.
In the above example, $(biarch) is set to y if $(CC) supports the -m32
option. When $(biarch) equals 'y', the expanded variables $(aflags-y)
and $(cflags-y) will be assigned the values -a32 and -m32,
respectively.
cc-option-align
gcc version >= 3.0 shifted type of options used to speify
alignment of functions, loops etc. $(cc-option-align) whrn used
as prefix to the align options will select the right prefix:
gcc versions >= 3.0 changed the type of options used to specify
alignment of functions, loops etc. $(cc-option-align), when used
as prefix to the align options, will select the right prefix:
gcc < 3.00
cc-option-align = -malign
gcc >= 3.00
cc-option-align = -falign
Example:
CFLAGS += $(cc-option-align)-functions=4
In the above example the option -falign-functions=4 is used for
gcc >= 3.00. For gcc < 3.00 -malign-functions=4 is used.
In the above example, the option -falign-functions=4 is used for
gcc >= 3.00. For gcc < 3.00, -malign-functions=4 is used.
cc-version
cc-version return a numerical version of the $(CC) compiler version.
cc-version returns a numerical version of the $(CC) compiler version.
The format is <major><minor> where both are two digits. So for example
gcc 3.41 would return 0341.
cc-version is useful when a specific $(CC) version is faulty in one
area, for example the -mregparm=3 were broken in some gcc version
area, for example -mregparm=3 was broken in some gcc versions
even though the option was accepted by gcc.
Example:
@ -477,20 +483,20 @@ more details, with real examples.
if [ $(call cc-version) -ge 0300 ] ; then \
echo "-mregparm=3"; fi ;)
In the above example -mregparm=3 is only used for gcc version greater
In the above example, -mregparm=3 is only used for gcc version greater
than or equal to gcc 3.0.
cc-ifversion
cc-ifversion test the version of $(CC) and equals last argument if
cc-ifversion tests the version of $(CC) and equals last argument if
version expression is true.
Example:
#fs/reiserfs/Makefile
EXTRA_CFLAGS := $(call cc-ifversion, -lt, 0402, -O1)
In this example EXTRA_CFLAGS will be assigned the value -O1 if the
In this example, EXTRA_CFLAGS will be assigned the value -O1 if the
$(CC) version is less than 4.2.
cc-ifversion takes all the shell operators:
cc-ifversion takes all the shell operators:
-eq, -ne, -lt, -le, -gt, and -ge
The third parameter may be a text as in this example, but it may also
be an expanded variable or a macro.
@ -506,7 +512,7 @@ The first step is to tell kbuild that a host program exists. This is
done utilising the variable hostprogs-y.
The second step is to add an explicit dependency to the executable.
This can be done in two ways. Either add the dependency in a rule,
This can be done in two ways. Either add the dependency in a rule,
or utilise the variable $(always).
Both possibilities are described in the following.
@ -523,28 +529,28 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
Kbuild assumes in the above example that bin2hex is made from a single
c-source file named bin2hex.c located in the same directory as
the Makefile.
--- 4.2 Composite Host Programs
Host programs can be made up based on composite objects.
The syntax used to define composite objects for host programs is
similar to the syntax used for kernel objects.
$(<executeable>-objs) list all objects used to link the final
$(<executeable>-objs) lists all objects used to link the final
executable.
Example:
#scripts/lxdialog/Makefile
hostprogs-y := lxdialog
hostprogs-y := lxdialog
lxdialog-objs := checklist.o lxdialog.o
Objects with extension .o are compiled from the corresponding .c
files. In the above example checklist.c is compiled to checklist.o
files. In the above example, checklist.c is compiled to checklist.o
and lxdialog.c is compiled to lxdialog.o.
Finally the two .o files are linked to the executable, lxdialog.
Finally, the two .o files are linked to the executable, lxdialog.
Note: The syntax <executable>-y is not permitted for host-programs.
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
--- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
Objects with extension .so are considered shared libraries, and
will be compiled as position independent objects.
Kbuild provides support for shared libraries, but the usage
@ -557,7 +563,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
hostprogs-y := conf
conf-objs := conf.o libkconfig.so
libkconfig-objs := expr.o type.o
Shared libraries always require a corresponding -objs line, and
in the example above the shared library libkconfig is composed by
the two objects expr.o and type.o.
@ -578,7 +584,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
In the example above the executable is composed of the C++ file
qconf.cc - identified by $(qconf-cxxobjs).
If qconf is composed by a mixture of .c and .cc files, then an
additional line can be used to identify this.
@ -587,34 +593,35 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
hostprogs-y := qconf
qconf-cxxobjs := qconf.o
qconf-objs := check.o
--- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs
When compiling host programs, it is possible to set specific flags.
The programs will always be compiled utilising $(HOSTCC) passed
the options specified in $(HOSTCFLAGS).
To set flags that will take effect for all host programs created
in that Makefile use the variable HOST_EXTRACFLAGS.
in that Makefile, use the variable HOST_EXTRACFLAGS.
Example:
#scripts/lxdialog/Makefile
HOST_EXTRACFLAGS += -I/usr/include/ncurses
To set specific flags for a single file the following construction
is used:
Example:
#arch/ppc64/boot/Makefile
HOSTCFLAGS_piggyback.o := -DKERNELBASE=$(KERNELBASE)
It is also possible to specify additional options to the linker.
Example:
#scripts/kconfig/Makefile
HOSTLOADLIBES_qconf := -L$(QTDIR)/lib
When linking qconf it will be passed the extra option "-L$(QTDIR)/lib".
When linking qconf, it will be passed the extra option
"-L$(QTDIR)/lib".
--- 4.6 When host programs are actually built
Kbuild will only build host-programs when they are referenced
@ -629,7 +636,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
$(obj)/devlist.h: $(src)/pci.ids $(obj)/gen-devlist
( cd $(obj); ./gen-devlist ) < $<
The target $(obj)/devlist.h will not be built before
The target $(obj)/devlist.h will not be built before
$(obj)/gen-devlist is updated. Note that references to
the host programs in special rules must be prefixed with $(obj).
@ -648,7 +655,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
--- 4.7 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO)
A typcal pattern in a Kbuild file lok like this:
A typical pattern in a Kbuild file looks like this:
Example:
#scripts/Makefile
@ -656,13 +663,13 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
Kbuild knows about both 'y' for built-in and 'm' for module.
So if a config symbol evaluate to 'm', kbuild will still build
the binary. In other words Kbuild handle hostprogs-m exactly
like hostprogs-y. But only hostprogs-y is recommend used
when no CONFIG symbol are involved.
the binary. In other words, Kbuild handles hostprogs-m exactly
like hostprogs-y. But only hostprogs-y is recommended to be used
when no CONFIG symbols are involved.
=== 5 Kbuild clean infrastructure
"make clean" deletes most generated files in the src tree where the kernel
"make clean" deletes most generated files in the obj tree where the kernel
is compiled. This includes generated files such as host programs.
Kbuild knows targets listed in $(hostprogs-y), $(hostprogs-m), $(always),
$(extra-y) and $(targets). They are all deleted during "make clean".
@ -680,7 +687,8 @@ When executing "make clean", the two files "devlist.h classlist.h" will
be deleted. Kbuild will assume files to be in same relative directory as the
Makefile except if an absolute path is specified (path starting with '/').
To delete a directory hirachy use:
To delete a directory hierarchy use:
Example:
#scripts/package/Makefile
clean-dirs := $(objtree)/debian/
@ -723,29 +731,29 @@ be visited during "make clean".
The top level Makefile sets up the environment and does the preparation,
before starting to descend down in the individual directories.
The top level makefile contains the generic part, whereas the
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile contains what is required to set-up kbuild
to the said architecture.
To do so arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile sets a number of variables, and defines
The top level makefile contains the generic part, whereas
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile contains what is required to set up kbuild
for said architecture.
To do so, arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile sets up a number of variables and defines
a few targets.
When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
1) Configuration of the kernel => produced .config
When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
1) Configuration of the kernel => produce .config
2) Store kernel version in include/linux/version.h
3) Symlink include/asm to include/asm-$(ARCH)
4) Updating all other prerequisites to the target prepare:
- Additional prerequisites are specified in arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile
5) Recursively descend down in all directories listed in
init-* core* drivers-* net-* libs-* and build all targets.
- The value of the above variables are extended in arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
6) All object files are then linked and the resulting file vmlinux is
located at the root of the src tree.
- The values of the above variables are expanded in arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
6) All object files are then linked and the resulting file vmlinux is
located at the root of the obj tree.
The very first objects linked are listed in head-y, assigned by
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
7) Finally the architecture specific part does any required post processing
7) Finally, the architecture specific part does any required post processing
and builds the final bootimage.
- This includes building boot records
- Preparing initrd images and the like
- Preparing initrd images and thelike
--- 6.1 Set variables to tweak the build to the architecture
@ -760,7 +768,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
LDFLAGS := -m elf_s390
Note: EXTRA_LDFLAGS and LDFLAGS_$@ can be used to further customise
the flags used. See chapter 7.
LDFLAGS_MODULE Options for $(LD) when linking modules
LDFLAGS_MODULE is used to set specific flags for $(LD) when
@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
LDFLAGS_vmlinux Options for $(LD) when linking vmlinux
LDFLAGS_vmlinux is used to specify additional flags to pass to
the linker when linking the final vmlinux.
the linker when linking the final vmlinux image.
LDFLAGS_vmlinux uses the LDFLAGS_$@ support.
Example:
@ -780,7 +788,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
OBJCOPYFLAGS objcopy flags
When $(call if_changed,objcopy) is used to translate a .o file,
then the flags specified in OBJCOPYFLAGS will be used.
the flags specified in OBJCOPYFLAGS will be used.
$(call if_changed,objcopy) is often used to generate raw binaries on
vmlinux.
@ -792,7 +800,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(obj)/image: vmlinux FORCE
$(call if_changed,objcopy)
In this example the binary $(obj)/image is a binary version of
In this example, the binary $(obj)/image is a binary version of
vmlinux. The usage of $(call if_changed,xxx) will be described later.
AFLAGS $(AS) assembler flags
@ -809,7 +817,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
Default value - see top level Makefile
Append or modify as required per architecture.
Often the CFLAGS variable depends on the configuration.
Often, the CFLAGS variable depends on the configuration.
Example:
#arch/i386/Makefile
@ -830,7 +838,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
...
The first examples utilises the trick that a config option expands
The first example utilises the trick that a config option expands
to 'y' when selected.
CFLAGS_KERNEL $(CC) options specific for built-in
@ -843,18 +851,18 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(CFLAGS_MODULE) contains extra C compiler flags used to compile code
for loadable kernel modules.
--- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare:
The archprepare: rule is used to list prerequisites that needs to be
The archprepare: rule is used to list prerequisites that need to be
built before starting to descend down in the subdirectories.
This is usual header files containing assembler constants.
This is usually used for header files containing assembler constants.
Example:
#arch/arm/Makefile
archprepare: maketools
In this example the file target maketools will be processed
In this example, the file target maketools will be processed
before descending down in the subdirectories.
See also chapter XXX-TODO that describe how kbuild supports
generating offset header files.
@ -867,18 +875,19 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
corresponding arch-specific section for modules; the module-building
machinery is all architecture-independent.
head-y, init-y, core-y, libs-y, drivers-y, net-y
$(head-y) list objects to be linked first in vmlinux.
$(libs-y) list directories where a lib.a archive can be located.
The rest list directories where a built-in.o object file can be located.
$(head-y) lists objects to be linked first in vmlinux.
$(libs-y) lists directories where a lib.a archive can be located.
The rest lists directories where a built-in.o object file can be
located.
$(init-y) objects will be located after $(head-y).
Then the rest follows in this order:
$(core-y), $(libs-y), $(drivers-y) and $(net-y).
The top level Makefile define values for all generic directories,
The top level Makefile defines values for all generic directories,
and arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile only adds architecture specific directories.
Example:
@ -915,27 +924,27 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
"$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=<dir>" is the recommended way to invoke
make in a subdirectory.
There are no rules for naming of the architecture specific targets,
There are no rules for naming architecture specific targets,
but executing "make help" will list all relevant targets.
To support this $(archhelp) must be defined.
To support this, $(archhelp) must be defined.
Example:
#arch/i386/Makefile
define archhelp
echo '* bzImage - Image (arch/$(ARCH)/boot/bzImage)'
endef
endif
When make is executed without arguments, the first goal encountered
will be built. In the top level Makefile the first goal present
is all:.
An architecture shall always per default build a bootable image.
In "make help" the default goal is highlighted with a '*'.
An architecture shall always, per default, build a bootable image.
In "make help", the default goal is highlighted with a '*'.
Add a new prerequisite to all: to select a default goal different
from vmlinux.
Example:
#arch/i386/Makefile
all: bzImage
all: bzImage
When "make" is executed without arguments, bzImage will be built.
@ -955,10 +964,10 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
#arch/i386/kernel/Makefile
extra-y := head.o init_task.o
In this example extra-y is used to list object files that
In this example, extra-y is used to list object files that
shall be built, but shall not be linked as part of built-in.o.
--- 6.6 Commands useful for building a boot image
Kbuild provides a few macros that are useful when building a
@ -972,8 +981,8 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
target: source(s) FORCE
$(call if_changed,ld/objcopy/gzip)
When the rule is evaluated it is checked to see if any files
needs an update, or the commandline has changed since last
When the rule is evaluated, it is checked to see if any files
needs an update, or the command line has changed since the last
invocation. The latter will force a rebuild if any options
to the executable have changed.
Any target that utilises if_changed must be listed in $(targets),
@ -991,8 +1000,8 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
#WRONG!# $(call if_changed, ld/objcopy/gzip)
ld
Link target. Often LDFLAGS_$@ is used to set specific options to ld.
Link target. Often, LDFLAGS_$@ is used to set specific options to ld.
objcopy
Copy binary. Uses OBJCOPYFLAGS usually specified in
arch/$(ARCH)/Makefile.
@ -1010,10 +1019,10 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(obj)/setup $(obj)/bootsect: %: %.o FORCE
$(call if_changed,ld)
In this example there are two possible targets, requiring different
options to the linker. the linker options are specified using the
In this example, there are two possible targets, requiring different
options to the linker. The linker options are specified using the
LDFLAGS_$@ syntax - one for each potential target.
$(targets) are assinged all potential targets, herby kbuild knows
$(targets) are assinged all potential targets, by which kbuild knows
the targets and will:
1) check for commandline changes
2) delete target during make clean
@ -1027,7 +1036,7 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
--- 6.7 Custom kbuild commands
When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0 then only a shorthand
When kbuild is executing with KBUILD_VERBOSE=0, then only a shorthand
of a command is normally displayed.
To enable this behaviour for custom commands kbuild requires
two variables to be set:
@ -1045,34 +1054,34 @@ When kbuild executes the following steps are followed (roughly):
$(call if_changed,image)
@echo 'Kernel: $@ is ready'
When updating the $(obj)/bzImage target the line:
When updating the $(obj)/bzImage target, the line
BUILD arch/i386/boot/bzImage
will be displayed with "make KBUILD_VERBOSE=0".
--- 6.8 Preprocessing linker scripts
When the vmlinux image is build the linker script:
When the vmlinux image is built, the linker script
arch/$(ARCH)/kernel/vmlinux.lds is used.
The script is a preprocessed variant of the file vmlinux.lds.S
located in the same directory.
kbuild knows .lds file and includes a rule *lds.S -> *lds.
kbuild knows .lds files and includes a rule *lds.S -> *lds.
Example:
#arch/i386/kernel/Makefile
always := vmlinux.lds
#Makefile
export CPPFLAGS_vmlinux.lds += -P -C -U$(ARCH)
The assigment to $(always) is used to tell kbuild to build the
target: vmlinux.lds.
The assignment to $(CPPFLAGS_vmlinux.lds) tell kbuild to use the
The assignment to $(always) is used to tell kbuild to build the
target vmlinux.lds.
The assignment to $(CPPFLAGS_vmlinux.lds) tells kbuild to use the
specified options when building the target vmlinux.lds.
When building the *.lds target kbuild used the variakles:
When building the *.lds target, kbuild uses the variables:
CPPFLAGS : Set in top-level Makefile
EXTRA_CPPFLAGS : May be set in the kbuild makefile
CPPFLAGS_$(@F) : Target specific flags.
@ -1147,7 +1156,7 @@ The top Makefile exports the following variables:
=== 8 Makefile language
The kernel Makefiles are designed to run with GNU Make. The Makefiles
The kernel Makefiles are designed to be run with GNU Make. The Makefiles
use only the documented features of GNU Make, but they do use many
GNU extensions.
@ -1169,10 +1178,13 @@ is the right choice.
Original version made by Michael Elizabeth Chastain, <mailto:mec@shout.net>
Updates by Kai Germaschewski <kai@tp1.ruhr-uni-bochum.de>
Updates by Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Language QA by Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@gmx.de>
=== 10 TODO
- Describe how kbuild support shipped files with _shipped.
- Describe how kbuild supports shipped files with _shipped.
- Generating offset header files.
- Add more variables to section 7?

161
Documentation/kbuild/modules.txt
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
In this document you will find information about:
- how to build external modules
- how to make your module use kbuild infrastructure
- how to make your module use the kbuild infrastructure
- how kbuild will install a kernel
- how to install modules in a non-standard location
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ In this document you will find information about:
--- 6.1 INSTALL_MOD_PATH
--- 6.2 INSTALL_MOD_DIR
=== 7. Module versioning & Module.symvers
--- 7.1 Symbols fron the kernel (vmlinux + modules)
--- 7.1 Symbols from the kernel (vmlinux + modules)
--- 7.2 Symbols and external modules
--- 7.3 Symbols from another external module
=== 8. Tips & Tricks
@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ In this document you will find information about:
kbuild includes functionality for building modules both
within the kernel source tree and outside the kernel source tree.
The latter is usually referred to as external modules and is used
both during development and for modules that are not planned to be
included in the kernel tree.
The latter is usually referred to as external or "out-of-tree"
modules and is used both during development and for modules that
are not planned to be included in the kernel tree.
What is covered within this file is mainly information to authors
of modules. The author of an external modules should supply
a makefile that hides most of the complexity so one only has to type
of modules. The author of an external module should supply
a makefile that hides most of the complexity, so one only has to type
'make' to build the module. A complete example will be present in
chapter 4, "Creating a kbuild file for an external module".
@ -63,14 +63,15 @@ when building an external module.
For the running kernel use:
make -C /lib/modules/`uname -r`/build M=`pwd`
For the above command to succeed the kernel must have been built with
modules enabled.
For the above command to succeed, the kernel must have been
built with modules enabled.
To install the modules that were just built:
make -C <path-to-kernel> M=`pwd` modules_install
More complex examples later, the above should get you going.
More complex examples will be shown later, the above should
be enough to get you started.
--- 2.2 Available targets
@ -89,13 +90,13 @@ when building an external module.
Same functionality as if no target was specified.
See description above.
make -C $KDIR M=$PWD modules_install
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` modules_install
Install the external module(s).
Installation default is in /lib/modules/<kernel-version>/extra,
but may be prefixed with INSTALL_MOD_PATH - see separate
chapter.
make -C $KDIR M=$PWD clean
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` clean
Remove all generated files for the module - the kernel
source directory is not modified.
@ -129,29 +130,28 @@ when building an external module.
To make sure the kernel contains the information required to
build external modules the target 'modules_prepare' must be used.
'module_prepare' solely exists as a simple way to prepare
a kernel for building external modules.
'module_prepare' exists solely as a simple way to prepare
a kernel source tree for building external modules.
Note: modules_prepare will not build Module.symvers even if
CONFIG_MODULEVERSIONING is set.
Therefore a full kernel build needs to be executed to make
module versioning work.
CONFIG_MODULEVERSIONING is set. Therefore a full kernel build
needs to be executed to make module versioning work.
--- 2.5 Building separate files for a module
It is possible to build single files which is part of a module.
This works equal for the kernel, a module and even for external
modules.
It is possible to build single files which are part of a module.
This works equally well for the kernel, a module and even for
external modules.
Examples (module foo.ko, consist of bar.o, baz.o):
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` bar.lst
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` bar.o
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` foo.ko
make -C $KDIR M=`pwd` /
=== 3. Example commands
This example shows the actual commands to be executed when building
an external module for the currently running kernel.
In the example below the distribution is supposed to use the
In the example below, the distribution is supposed to use the
facility to locate output files for a kernel compile in a different
directory than the kernel source - but the examples will also work
when the source and the output files are mixed in the same directory.
@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ the following commands to build the module:
O=/lib/modules/`uname-r`/build \
M=`pwd`
Then to install the module use the following command:
Then, to install the module use the following command:
make -C /usr/src/`uname -r`/source \
O=/lib/modules/`uname-r`/build \
M=`pwd` \
modules_install
If one looks closely you will see that this is the same commands as
If you look closely you will see that this is the same command as
listed before - with the directories spelled out.
The above are rather long commands, and the following chapter
@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ following files:
endif
In example 1 the check for KERNELRELEASE is used to separate
In example 1, the check for KERNELRELEASE is used to separate
the two parts of the Makefile. kbuild will only see the two
assignments whereas make will see everything except the two
kbuild assignments.
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ following files:
echo "X" > 8123_bin_shipped
In example 2 we are down to two fairly simple files and for simple
In example 2, we are down to two fairly simple files and for simple
files as used in this example the split is questionable. But some
external modules use Makefiles of several hundred lines and here it
really pays off to separate the kbuild part from the rest.
@ -282,9 +282,9 @@ following files:
endif
The trick here is to include the Kbuild file from Makefile so
if an older version of kbuild picks up the Makefile the Kbuild
file will be included.
The trick here is to include the Kbuild file from Makefile, so
if an older version of kbuild picks up the Makefile, the Kbuild
file will be included.
--- 4.2 Binary blobs included in a module
@ -301,18 +301,19 @@ following files:
obj-m := 8123.o
8123-y := 8123_if.o 8123_pci.o 8123_bin.o
In example 4 there is no distinction between the ordinary .c/.h files
In example 4, there is no distinction between the ordinary .c/.h files
and the binary file. But kbuild will pick up different rules to create
the .o file.
=== 5. Include files
Include files are a necessity when a .c file uses something from another .c
files (not strictly in the sense of .c but if good programming practice is
used). Any module that consist of more than one .c file will have a .h file
for one of the .c files.
- If the .h file only describes a module internal interface then the .h file
Include files are a necessity when a .c file uses something from other .c
files (not strictly in the sense of C, but if good programming practice is
used). Any module that consists of more than one .c file will have a .h file
for one of the .c files.
- If the .h file only describes a module internal interface, then the .h file
shall be placed in the same directory as the .c files.
- If the .h files describe an interface used by other parts of the kernel
located in different directories, the .h files shall be located in
@ -323,11 +324,11 @@ under include/ such as include/scsi. Another exception is arch-specific
.h files which are located under include/asm-$(ARCH)/*.
External modules have a tendency to locate include files in a separate include/
directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
directory and therefore need to deal with this in their kbuild file.
--- 5.1 How to include files from the kernel include dir
When a module needs to include a file from include/linux/ then one
When a module needs to include a file from include/linux/, then one
just uses:
#include <linux/modules.h>
@ -348,7 +349,7 @@ directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
The trick here is to use either EXTRA_CFLAGS (take effect for all .c
files) or CFLAGS_$F.o (take effect only for a single file).
In our example if we move 8123_if.h to a subdirectory named include/
In our example, if we move 8123_if.h to a subdirectory named include/
the resulting Kbuild file would look like:
--> filename: Kbuild
@ -362,19 +363,19 @@ directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
--- 5.3 External modules using several directories
If an external module does not follow the usual kernel style but
decide to spread files over several directories then kbuild can
support this too.
If an external module does not follow the usual kernel style, but
decides to spread files over several directories, then kbuild can
handle this too.
Consider the following example:
|
+- src/complex_main.c
| +- hal/hardwareif.c
| +- hal/include/hardwareif.h
+- include/complex.h
To build a single module named complex.ko we then need the following
To build a single module named complex.ko, we then need the following
kbuild file:
Kbuild:
@ -387,12 +388,12 @@ directory and therefore needs to deal with this in their kbuild file.
kbuild knows how to handle .o files located in another directory -
although this is NOT reccommended practice. The syntax is to specify
although this is NOT recommended practice. The syntax is to specify
the directory relative to the directory where the Kbuild file is
located.
To find the .h files we have to explicitly tell kbuild where to look
for the .h files. When kbuild executes current directory is always
To find the .h files, we have to explicitly tell kbuild where to look
for the .h files. When kbuild executes, the current directory is always
the root of the kernel tree (argument to -C) and therefore we have to
tell kbuild how to find the .h files using absolute paths.
$(src) will specify the absolute path to the directory where the
@ -412,7 +413,7 @@ External modules are installed in the directory:
--- 6.1 INSTALL_MOD_PATH
Above are the default directories, but as always some level of
Above are the default directories, but as always, some level of
customization is possible. One can prefix the path using the variable
INSTALL_MOD_PATH:
@ -420,17 +421,17 @@ External modules are installed in the directory:
=> Install dir: /frodo/lib/modules/$(KERNELRELEASE)/kernel
INSTALL_MOD_PATH may be set as an ordinary shell variable or as in the
example above be specified on the command line when calling make.
example above, can be specified on the command line when calling make.
INSTALL_MOD_PATH has effect both when installing modules included in
the kernel as well as when installing external modules.
--- 6.2 INSTALL_MOD_DIR
When installing external modules they are default installed in a
When installing external modules they are by default installed to a
directory under /lib/modules/$(KERNELRELEASE)/extra, but one may wish
to locate modules for a specific functionality in a separate
directory. For this purpose one can use INSTALL_MOD_DIR to specify an
alternative name than 'extra'.
directory. For this purpose, one can use INSTALL_MOD_DIR to specify an
alternative name to 'extra'.
$ make INSTALL_MOD_DIR=gandalf -C KERNELDIR \
M=`pwd` modules_install
@ -444,16 +445,16 @@ Module versioning is enabled by the CONFIG_MODVERSIONS tag.
Module versioning is used as a simple ABI consistency check. The Module
versioning creates a CRC value of the full prototype for an exported symbol and
when a module is loaded/used then the CRC values contained in the kernel are
compared with similar values in the module. If they are not equal then the
compared with similar values in the module. If they are not equal, then the
kernel refuses to load the module.
Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
--- 7.1 Symbols fron the kernel (vmlinux + modules)
During a kernel build a file named Module.symvers will be generated.
During a kernel build, a file named Module.symvers will be generated.
Module.symvers contains all exported symbols from the kernel and
compiled modules. For each symbols the corresponding CRC value
compiled modules. For each symbols, the corresponding CRC value
is stored too.
The syntax of the Module.symvers file is:
@ -461,27 +462,27 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
Sample:
0x2d036834 scsi_remove_host drivers/scsi/scsi_mod
For a kernel build without CONFIG_MODVERSIONING enabled the crc
For a kernel build without CONFIG_MODVERSIONS enabled, the crc
would read: 0x00000000
Module.symvers serve two purposes.
1) It list all exported symbols both from vmlinux and all modules
2) It list CRC if CONFIG_MODVERSION is enabled
Module.symvers serves two purposes:
1) It lists all exported symbols both from vmlinux and all modules
2) It lists the CRC if CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is enabled
--- 7.2 Symbols and external modules
When building an external module the build system needs access to
When building an external module, the build system needs access to
the symbols from the kernel to check if all external symbols are
defined. This is done in the MODPOST step and to obtain all
symbols modpost reads Module.symvers from the kernel.
symbols, modpost reads Module.symvers from the kernel.
If a Module.symvers file is present in the directory where
the external module is being build this file will be read too.
During the MODPOST step a new Module.symvers file will be written
containing all exported symbols that was not defined in the kernel.
the external module is being built, this file will be read too.
During the MODPOST step, a new Module.symvers file will be written
containing all exported symbols that were not defined in the kernel.
--- 7.3 Symbols from another external module
Sometimes one external module uses exported symbols from another
Sometimes, an external module uses exported symbols from another
external module. Kbuild needs to have full knowledge on all symbols
to avoid spitting out warnings about undefined symbols.
Two solutions exist to let kbuild know all symbols of more than
@ -490,15 +491,15 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
impractical in certain situations.
Use a top-level Kbuild file
If you have two modules: 'foo', 'bar' and 'foo' needs symbols
from 'bar' then one can use a common top-level kbuild file so
both modules are compiled in same build.
If you have two modules: 'foo' and 'bar', and 'foo' needs
symbols from 'bar', then one can use a common top-level kbuild
file so both modules are compiled in same build.
Consider following directory layout:
./foo/ <= contains the foo module
./bar/ <= contains the bar module
The top-level Kbuild file would then look like:
#./Kbuild: (this file may also be named Makefile)
obj-y := foo/ bar/
@ -509,23 +510,23 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
knowledge on symbols from both modules.
Use an extra Module.symvers file
When an external module is build a Module.symvers file is
When an external module is built, a Module.symvers file is
generated containing all exported symbols which are not
defined in the kernel.
To get access to symbols from module 'bar' one can copy the
To get access to symbols from module 'bar', one can copy the
Module.symvers file from the compilation of the 'bar' module
to the directory where the 'foo' module is build.
During the module build kbuild will read the Module.symvers
to the directory where the 'foo' module is built.
During the module build, kbuild will read the Module.symvers
file in the directory of the external module and when the
build is finished a new Module.symvers file is created
build is finished, a new Module.symvers file is created
containing the sum of all symbols defined and not part of the
kernel.
=== 8. Tips & Tricks
--- 8.1 Testing for CONFIG_FOO_BAR
Modules often needs to check for certain CONFIG_ options to decide if
Modules often need to check for certain CONFIG_ options to decide if
a specific feature shall be included in the module. When kbuild is used
this is done by referencing the CONFIG_ variable directly.
@ -537,7 +538,7 @@ Module.symvers contains a list of all exported symbols from a kernel build.
External modules have traditionally used grep to check for specific
CONFIG_ settings directly in .config. This usage is broken.
As introduced before external modules shall use kbuild when building
and therefore can use the same methods as in-kernel modules when testing
for CONFIG_ definitions.
As introduced before, external modules shall use kbuild when building
and therefore can use the same methods as in-kernel modules when
testing for CONFIG_ definitions.

25
Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
View File

@ -110,6 +110,13 @@ be entered as an environment variable, whereas its absence indicates that
it will appear as a kernel argument readable via /proc/cmdline by programs
running once the system is up.
The number of kernel parameters is not limited, but the length of the
complete command line (parameters including spaces etc.) is limited to
a fixed number of characters. This limit depends on the architecture
and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
./include/asm/setup.h as COMMAND_LINE_SIZE.
53c7xx= [HW,SCSI] Amiga SCSI controllers
See header of drivers/scsi/53c7xx.c.
See also Documentation/scsi/ncr53c7xx.txt.
@ -573,8 +580,6 @@ running once the system is up.
gscd= [HW,CD]
Format: <io>
gt96100eth= [NET] MIPS GT96100 Advanced Communication Controller
gus= [HW,OSS]
Format: <io>,<irq>,<dma>,<dma16>
@ -1240,7 +1245,11 @@ running once the system is up.
bootloader. This is currently used on
IXP2000 systems where the bus has to be
configured a certain way for adjunct CPUs.
noearly [X86] Don't do any early type 1 scanning.
This might help on some broken boards which
machine check when some devices' config space
is read. But various workarounds are disabled
and some IOMMU drivers will not work.
pcmv= [HW,PCMCIA] BadgePAD 4
pd. [PARIDE]
@ -1322,7 +1331,7 @@ running once the system is up.
pt. [PARIDE]
See Documentation/paride.txt.
quiet= [KNL] Disable log messages
quiet [KNL] Disable most log messages
r128= [HW,DRM]
@ -1363,6 +1372,14 @@ running once the system is up.
reserve= [KNL,BUGS] Force the kernel to ignore some iomem area
reservetop= [IA-32]
Format: nn[KMG]
Reserves a hole at the top of the kernel virtual
address space.
reset_devices [KNL] Force drivers to reset the underlying device
during initialization.
resume= [SWSUSP]
Specify the partition device for software suspend

22
Documentation/lockdep-design.txt
View File

@ -36,6 +36,28 @@ The validator tracks lock-class usage history into 5 separate state bits:
- 'ever used' [ == !unused ]
When locking rules are violated, these 4 state bits are presented in the
locking error messages, inside curlies. A contrived example:
modprobe/2287 is trying to acquire lock:
(&sio_locks[i].lock){--..}, at: [<c02867fd>] mutex_lock+0x21/0x24
but task is already holding lock:
(&sio_locks[i].lock){--..}, at: [<c02867fd>] mutex_lock+0x21/0x24
The bit position indicates hardirq, softirq, hardirq-read,
softirq-read respectively, and the character displayed in each
indicates:
'.' acquired while irqs enabled
'+' acquired in irq context
'-' acquired in process context with irqs disabled
'?' read-acquired both with irqs enabled and in irq context
Unused mutexes cannot be part of the cause of an error.
Single-lock state rules:
------------------------

10
Documentation/netlabel/00-INDEX Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
00-INDEX
- this file.
cipso_ipv4.txt
- documentation on the IPv4 CIPSO protocol engine.
draft-ietf-cipso-ipsecurity-01.txt
- IETF draft of the CIPSO protocol, dated 16 July 1992.
introduction.txt
- NetLabel introduction, READ THIS FIRST.
lsm_interface.txt
- documentation on the NetLabel kernel security module API.

48
Documentation/netlabel/cipso_ipv4.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
NetLabel CIPSO/IPv4 Protocol Engine
==============================================================================
Paul Moore, paul.moore@hp.com
May 17, 2006
* Overview
The NetLabel CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine is based on the IETF Commercial IP
Security Option (CIPSO) draft from July 16, 1992. A copy of this draft can be
found in this directory, consult '00-INDEX' for the filename. While the IETF
draft never made it to an RFC standard it has become a de-facto standard for
labeled networking and is used in many trusted operating systems.
* Outbound Packet Processing
The CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine applies the CIPSO IP option to packets by
adding the CIPSO label to the socket. This causes all packets leaving the
system through the socket to have the CIPSO IP option applied. The socket's
CIPSO label can be changed at any point in time, however, it is recommended
that it is set upon the socket's creation. The LSM can set the socket's CIPSO
label by using the NetLabel security module API; if the NetLabel "domain" is
configured to use CIPSO for packet labeling then a CIPSO IP option will be
generated and attached to the socket.
* Inbound Packet Processing
The CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine validates every CIPSO IP option it finds at the
IP layer without any special handling required by the LSM. However, in order
to decode and translate the CIPSO label on the packet the LSM must use the
NetLabel security module API to extract the security attributes of the packet.
This is typically done at the socket layer using the 'socket_sock_rcv_skb()'
LSM hook.
* Label Translation
The CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine contains a mechanism to translate CIPSO security
attributes such as sensitivity level and category to values which are
appropriate for the host. These mappings are defined as part of a CIPSO
Domain Of Interpretation (DOI) definition and are configured through the
NetLabel user space communication layer. Each DOI definition can have a
different security attribute mapping table.
* Label Translation Cache
The NetLabel system provides a framework for caching security attribute
mappings from the network labels to the corresponding LSM identifiers. The
CIPSO/IPv4 protocol engine supports this caching mechanism.

791
Documentation/netlabel/draft-ietf-cipso-ipsecurity-01.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
IETF CIPSO Working Group
16 July, 1992
COMMERCIAL IP SECURITY OPTION (CIPSO 2.2)
1. Status
This Internet Draft provides the high level specification for a Commercial
IP Security Option (CIPSO). This draft reflects the version as approved by
the CIPSO IETF Working Group. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
This document is an Internet Draft. Internet Drafts are working documents
of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas, and its Working
Groups. Note that other groups may also distribute working documents as
Internet Drafts.
Internet Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months.
Internet Drafts may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents
at any time. It is not appropriate to use Internet Drafts as reference
material or to cite them other than as a "working draft" or "work in
progress."
Please check the I-D abstract listing contained in each Internet Draft
directory to learn the current status of this or any other Internet Draft.
2. Background
Currently the Internet Protocol includes two security options. One of
these options is the DoD Basic Security Option (BSO) (Type 130) which allows
IP datagrams to be labeled with security classifications. This option
provides sixteen security classifications and a variable number of handling
restrictions. To handle additional security information, such as security
categories or compartments, another security option (Type 133) exists and
is referred to as the DoD Extended Security Option (ESO). The values for
the fixed fields within these two options are administered by the Defense
Information Systems Agency (DISA).
Computer vendors are now building commercial operating systems with
mandatory access controls and multi-level security. These systems are
no longer built specifically for a particular group in the defense or
intelligence communities. They are generally available commercial systems
for use in a variety of government and civil sector environments.
The small number of ESO format codes can not support all the possible
applications of a commercial security option. The BSO and ESO were
designed to only support the United States DoD. CIPSO has been designed
to support multiple security policies. This Internet Draft provides the
format and procedures required to support a Mandatory Access Control
security policy. Support for additional security policies shall be
defined in future RFCs.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 1]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
3. CIPSO Format
Option type: 134 (Class 0, Number 6, Copy on Fragmentation)
Option length: Variable
This option permits security related information to be passed between
systems within a single Domain of Interpretation (DOI). A DOI is a
collection of systems which agree on the meaning of particular values
in the security option. An authority that has been assigned a DOI
identifier will define a mapping between appropriate CIPSO field values
and their human readable equivalent. This authority will distribute that
mapping to hosts within the authority's domain. These mappings may be
sensitive, therefore a DOI authority is not required to make these
mappings available to anyone other than the systems that are included in
the DOI.
This option MUST be copied on fragmentation. This option appears at most
once in a datagram. All multi-octet fields in the option are defined to be
transmitted in network byte order. The format of this option is as follows:
+----------+----------+------//------+-----------//---------+
| 10000110 | LLLLLLLL | DDDDDDDDDDDD | TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT |
+----------+----------+------//------+-----------//---------+
TYPE=134 OPTION DOMAIN OF TAGS
LENGTH INTERPRETATION
Figure 1. CIPSO Format
3.1 Type
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is 134.
3.2 Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the option
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 octets the value of this field MUST not exceed 40.
3.3 Domain of Interpretation Identifier
This field is an unsigned 32 bit integer. The value 0 is reserved and MUST
not appear as the DOI identifier in any CIPSO option. Implementations
should assume that the DOI identifier field is not aligned on any particular
byte boundary.
To conserve space in the protocol, security levels and categories are
represented by numbers rather than their ASCII equivalent. This requires
a mapping table within CIPSO hosts to map these numbers to their
corresponding ASCII representations. Non-related groups of systems may
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 2]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
have their own unique mappings. For example, one group of systems may
use the number 5 to represent Unclassified while another group may use the
number 1 to represent that same security level. The DOI identifier is used
to identify which mapping was used for the values within the option.
3.4 Tag Types
A common format for passing security related information is necessary
for interoperability. CIPSO uses sets of "tags" to contain the security
information relevant to the data in the IP packet. Each tag begins with
a tag type identifier followed by the length of the tag and ends with the
actual security information to be passed. All multi-octet fields in a tag
are defined to be transmitted in network byte order. Like the DOI
identifier field in the CIPSO header, implementations should assume that
all tags, as well as fields within a tag, are not aligned on any particular
octet boundary. The tag types defined in this document contain alignment
bytes to assist alignment of some information, however alignment can not
be guaranteed if CIPSO is not the first IP option.
CIPSO tag types 0 through 127 are reserved for defining standard tag
formats. Their definitions will be published in RFCs. Tag types whose
identifiers are greater than 127 are defined by the DOI authority and may
only be meaningful in certain Domains of Interpretation. For these tag
types, implementations will require the DOI identifier as well as the tag
number to determine the security policy and the format associated with the
tag. Use of tag types above 127 are restricted to closed networks where
interoperability with other networks will not be an issue. Implementations
that support a tag type greater than 127 MUST support at least one DOI that
requires only tag types 1 to 127.
Tag type 0 is reserved. Tag types 1, 2, and 5 are defined in this
Internet Draft. Types 3 and 4 are reserved for work in progress.
The standard format for all current and future CIPSO tags is shown below:
+----------+----------+--------//--------+
| TTTTTTTT | LLLLLLLL | IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
+----------+----------+--------//--------+
TAG TAG TAG
TYPE LENGTH INFORMATION
Figure 2: Standard Tag Format
In the three tag types described in this document, the length and count
restrictions are based on the current IP limitation of 40 octets for all
IP options. If the IP header is later expanded, then the length and count
restrictions specified in this document may increase to use the full area
provided for IP options.
3.4.1 Tag Type Classes
Tag classes consist of tag types that have common processing requirements
and support the same security policy. The three tags defined in this
Internet Draft belong to the Mandatory Access Control (MAC) Sensitivity
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 3]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
class and support the MAC Sensitivity security policy.
3.4.2 Tag Type 1
This is referred to as the "bit-mapped" tag type. Tag type 1 is included
in the MAC Sensitivity tag type class. The format of this tag type is as
follows:
+----------+----------+----------+----------+--------//---------+
| 00000001 | LLLLLLLL | 00000000 | LLLLLLLL | CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC |
+----------+----------+----------+----------+--------//---------+
TAG TAG ALIGNMENT SENSITIVITY BIT MAP OF
TYPE LENGTH OCTET LEVEL CATEGORIES
Figure 3. Tag Type 1 Format
3.4.2.1 Tag Type
This field is 1 octet in length and has a value of 1.
3.4.2.2 Tag Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the tag type
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 bytes the value within this field is between 4 and 34.
3.4.2.3 Alignment Octet
This field is 1 octet in length and always has the value of 0. Its purpose
is to align the category bitmap field on an even octet boundary. This will
speed many implementations including router implementations.
3.4.2.4 Sensitivity Level
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is from 0 to 255. The values
are ordered with 0 being the minimum value and 255 representing the maximum
value.
3.4.2.5 Bit Map of Categories
The length of this field is variable and ranges from 0 to 30 octets. This
provides representation of categories 0 to 239. The ordering of the bits
is left to right or MSB to LSB. For example category 0 is represented by
the most significant bit of the first byte and category 15 is represented
by the least significant bit of the second byte. Figure 4 graphically
shows this ordering. Bit N is binary 1 if category N is part of the label
for the datagram, and bit N is binary 0 if category N is not part of the
label. Except for the optimized tag 1 format described in the next section,
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 4]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
minimal encoding SHOULD be used resulting in no trailing zero octets in the
category bitmap.
octet 0 octet 1 octet 2 octet 3 octet 4 octet 5
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX . . .
bit 01234567 89111111 11112222 22222233 33333333 44444444
number 012345 67890123 45678901 23456789 01234567
Figure 4. Ordering of Bits in Tag 1 Bit Map
3.4.2.6 Optimized Tag 1 Format
Routers work most efficiently when processing fixed length fields. To
support these routers there is an optimized form of tag type 1. The format
does not change. The only change is to the category bitmap which is set to
a constant length of 10 octets. Trailing octets required to fill out the 10
octets are zero filled. Ten octets, allowing for 80 categories, was chosen
because it makes the total length of the CIPSO option 20 octets. If CIPSO
is the only option then the option will be full word aligned and additional
filler octets will not be required.
3.4.3 Tag Type 2
This is referred to as the "enumerated" tag type. It is used to describe
large but sparsely populated sets of categories. Tag type 2 is in the MAC
Sensitivity tag type class. The format of this tag type is as follows:
+----------+----------+----------+----------+-------------//-------------+
| 00000010 | LLLLLLLL | 00000000 | LLLLLLLL | CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC |
+----------+----------+----------+----------+-------------//-------------+
TAG TAG ALIGNMENT SENSITIVITY ENUMERATED
TYPE LENGTH OCTET LEVEL CATEGORIES
Figure 5. Tag Type 2 Format
3.4.3.1 Tag Type
This field is one octet in length and has a value of 2.
3.4.3.2 Tag Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the tag type
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 bytes the value within this field is between 4 and 34.
3.4.3.3 Alignment Octet
This field is 1 octet in length and always has the value of 0. Its purpose
is to align the category field on an even octet boundary. This will
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 5]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
speed many implementations including router implementations.
3.4.3.4 Sensitivity Level
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is from 0 to 255. The values
are ordered with 0 being the minimum value and 255 representing the
maximum value.
3.4.3.5 Enumerated Categories
In this tag, categories are represented by their actual value rather than
by their position within a bit field. The length of each category is 2
octets. Up to 15 categories may be represented by this tag. Valid values
for categories are 0 to 65534. Category 65535 is not a valid category
value. The categories MUST be listed in ascending order within the tag.
3.4.4 Tag Type 5
This is referred to as the "range" tag type. It is used to represent
labels where all categories in a range, or set of ranges, are included
in the sensitivity label. Tag type 5 is in the MAC Sensitivity tag type
class. The format of this tag type is as follows:
+----------+----------+----------+----------+------------//-------------+
| 00000101 | LLLLLLLL | 00000000 | LLLLLLLL | Top/Bottom | Top/Bottom |
+----------+----------+----------+----------+------------//-------------+
TAG TAG ALIGNMENT SENSITIVITY CATEGORY RANGES
TYPE LENGTH OCTET LEVEL
Figure 6. Tag Type 5 Format
3.4.4.1 Tag Type
This field is one octet in length and has a value of 5.
3.4.4.2 Tag Length
This field is 1 octet in length. It is the total length of the tag type
including the type and length fields. With the current IP header length
restriction of 40 bytes the value within this field is between 4 and 34.
3.4.4.3 Alignment Octet
This field is 1 octet in length and always has the value of 0. Its purpose
is to align the category range field on an even octet boundary. This will
speed many implementations including router implementations.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 6]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
3.4.4.4 Sensitivity Level
This field is 1 octet in length. Its value is from 0 to 255. The values
are ordered with 0 being the minimum value and 255 representing the maximum
value.
3.4.4.5 Category Ranges
A category range is a 4 octet field comprised of the 2 octet index of the
highest numbered category followed by the 2 octet index of the lowest
numbered category. These range endpoints are inclusive within the range of
categories. All categories within a range are included in the sensitivity
label. This tag may contain a maximum of 7 category pairs. The bottom
category endpoint for the last pair in the tag MAY be omitted and SHOULD be
assumed to be 0. The ranges MUST be non-overlapping and be listed in
descending order. Valid values for categories are 0 to 65534. Category
65535 is not a valid category value.
3.4.5 Minimum Requirements
A CIPSO implementation MUST be capable of generating at least tag type 1 in
the non-optimized form. In addition, a CIPSO implementation MUST be able
to receive any valid tag type 1 even those using the optimized tag type 1
format.
4. Configuration Parameters
The configuration parameters defined below are required for all CIPSO hosts,
gateways, and routers that support multiple sensitivity labels. A CIPSO
host is defined to be the origination or destination system for an IP
datagram. A CIPSO gateway provides IP routing services between two or more
IP networks and may be required to perform label translations between
networks. A CIPSO gateway may be an enhanced CIPSO host or it may just
provide gateway services with no end system CIPSO capabilities. A CIPSO
router is a dedicated IP router that routes IP datagrams between two or more
IP networks.
An implementation of CIPSO on a host MUST have the capability to reject a
datagram for reasons that the information contained can not be adequately
protected by the receiving host or if acceptance may result in violation of
the host or network security policy. In addition, a CIPSO gateway or router
MUST be able to reject datagrams going to networks that can not provide
adequate protection or may violate the network's security policy. To
provide this capability the following minimal set of configuration
parameters are required for CIPSO implementations:
HOST_LABEL_MAX - This parameter contains the maximum sensitivity label that
a CIPSO host is authorized to handle. All datagrams that have a label
greater than this maximum MUST be rejected by the CIPSO host. This
parameter does not apply to CIPSO gateways or routers. This parameter need
not be defined explicitly as it can be implicitly derived from the
PORT_LABEL_MAX parameters for the associated interfaces.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 7]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
HOST_LABEL_MIN - This parameter contains the minimum sensitivity label that
a CIPSO host is authorized to handle. All datagrams that have a label less
than this minimum MUST be rejected by the CIPSO host. This parameter does
not apply to CIPSO gateways or routers. This parameter need not be defined
explicitly as it can be implicitly derived from the PORT_LABEL_MIN
parameters for the associated interfaces.
PORT_LABEL_MAX - This parameter contains the maximum sensitivity label for
all datagrams that may exit a particular network interface port. All
outgoing datagrams that have a label greater than this maximum MUST be
rejected by the CIPSO system. The label within this parameter MUST be
less than or equal to the label within the HOST_LABEL_MAX parameter. This
parameter does not apply to CIPSO hosts that support only one network port.
PORT_LABEL_MIN - This parameter contains the minimum sensitivity label for
all datagrams that may exit a particular network interface port. All
outgoing datagrams that have a label less than this minimum MUST be
rejected by the CIPSO system. The label within this parameter MUST be
greater than or equal to the label within the HOST_LABEL_MIN parameter.
This parameter does not apply to CIPSO hosts that support only one network
port.
PORT_DOI - This parameter is used to assign a DOI identifier value to a
particular network interface port. All CIPSO labels within datagrams
going out this port MUST use the specified DOI identifier. All CIPSO
hosts and gateways MUST support either this parameter, the NET_DOI
parameter, or the HOST_DOI parameter.
NET_DOI - This parameter is used to assign a DOI identifier value to a
particular IP network address. All CIPSO labels within datagrams destined
for the particular IP network MUST use the specified DOI identifier. All
CIPSO hosts and gateways MUST support either this parameter, the PORT_DOI
parameter, or the HOST_DOI parameter.
HOST_DOI - This parameter is used to assign a DOI identifier value to a
particular IP host address. All CIPSO labels within datagrams destined for
the particular IP host will use the specified DOI identifier. All CIPSO
hosts and gateways MUST support either this parameter, the PORT_DOI
parameter, or the NET_DOI parameter.
This list represents the minimal set of configuration parameters required
to be compliant. Implementors are encouraged to add to this list to
provide enhanced functionality and control. For example, many security
policies may require both incoming and outgoing datagrams be checked against
the port and host label ranges.
4.1 Port Range Parameters
The labels represented by the PORT_LABEL_MAX and PORT_LABEL_MIN parameters
MAY be in CIPSO or local format. Some CIPSO systems, such as routers, may
want to have the range parameters expressed in CIPSO format so that incoming
labels do not have to be converted to a local format before being compared
against the range. If multiple DOIs are supported by one of these CIPSO
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 8]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
systems then multiple port range parameters would be needed, one set for
each DOI supported on a particular port.
The port range will usually represent the total set of labels that may
exist on the logical network accessed through the corresponding network
interface. It may, however, represent a subset of these labels that are
allowed to enter the CIPSO system.
4.2 Single Label CIPSO Hosts
CIPSO implementations that support only one label are not required to
support the parameters described above. These limited implementations are
only required to support a NET_LABEL parameter. This parameter contains
the CIPSO label that may be inserted in datagrams that exit the host. In
addition, the host MUST reject any incoming datagram that has a label which
is not equivalent to the NET_LABEL parameter.
5. Handling Procedures
This section describes the processing requirements for incoming and
outgoing IP datagrams. Just providing the correct CIPSO label format
is not enough. Assumptions will be made by one system on how a
receiving system will handle the CIPSO label. Wrong assumptions may
lead to non-interoperability or even a security incident. The
requirements described below represent the minimal set needed for
interoperability and that provide users some level of confidence.
Many other requirements could be added to increase user confidence,
however at the risk of restricting creativity and limiting vendor
participation.
5.1 Input Procedures
All datagrams received through a network port MUST have a security label
associated with them, either contained in the datagram or assigned to the
receiving port. Without this label the host, gateway, or router will not
have the information it needs to make security decisions. This security
label will be obtained from the CIPSO if the option is present in the
datagram. See section 4.1.2 for handling procedures for unlabeled
datagrams. This label will be compared against the PORT (if appropriate)
and HOST configuration parameters defined in section 3.
If any field within the CIPSO option, such as the DOI identifier, is not
recognized the IP datagram is discarded and an ICMP "parameter problem"
(type 12) is generated and returned. The ICMP code field is set to "bad
parameter" (code 0) and the pointer is set to the start of the CIPSO field
that is unrecognized.
If the contents of the CIPSO are valid but the security label is
outside of the configured host or port label range, the datagram is
discarded and an ICMP "destination unreachable" (type 3) is generated
and returned. The code field of the ICMP is set to "communication with
destination network administratively prohibited" (code 9) or to
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 9]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
"communication with destination host administratively prohibited"
(code 10). The value of the code field used is dependent upon whether
the originator of the ICMP message is acting as a CIPSO host or a CIPSO
gateway. The recipient of the ICMP message MUST be able to handle either
value. The same procedure is performed if a CIPSO can not be added to an
IP packet because it is too large to fit in the IP options area.
If the error is triggered by receipt of an ICMP message, the message
is discarded and no response is permitted (consistent with general ICMP
processing rules).
5.1.1 Unrecognized tag types
The default condition for any CIPSO implementation is that an
unrecognized tag type MUST be treated as a "parameter problem" and
handled as described in section 4.1. A CIPSO implementation MAY allow
the system administrator to identify tag types that may safely be
ignored. This capability is an allowable enhancement, not a
requirement.
5.1.2 Unlabeled Packets
A network port may be configured to not require a CIPSO label for all
incoming datagrams. For this configuration a CIPSO label must be
assigned to that network port and associated with all unlabeled IP
datagrams. This capability might be used for single level networks or
networks that have CIPSO and non-CIPSO hosts and the non-CIPSO hosts
all operate at the same label.
If a CIPSO option is required and none is found, the datagram is
discarded and an ICMP "parameter problem" (type 12) is generated and
returned to the originator of the datagram. The code field of the ICMP
is set to "option missing" (code 1) and the ICMP pointer is set to 134
(the value of the option type for the missing CIPSO option).
5.2 Output Procedures
A CIPSO option MUST appear only once in a datagram. Only one tag type
from the MAC Sensitivity class MAY be included in a CIPSO option. Given
the current set of defined tag types, this means that CIPSO labels at
first will contain only one tag.
All datagrams leaving a CIPSO system MUST meet the following condition:
PORT_LABEL_MIN <= CIPSO label <= PORT_LABEL_MAX
If this condition is not satisfied the datagram MUST be discarded.
If the CIPSO system only supports one port, the HOST_LABEL_MIN and the
HOST_LABEL_MAX parameters MAY be substituted for the PORT parameters in
the above condition.
The DOI identifier to be used for all outgoing datagrams is configured by
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 10]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
the administrator. If port level DOI identifier assignment is used, then
the PORT_DOI configuration parameter MUST contain the DOI identifier to
use. If network level DOI assignment is used, then the NET_DOI parameter
MUST contain the DOI identifier to use. And if host level DOI assignment
is employed, then the HOST_DOI parameter MUST contain the DOI identifier
to use. A CIPSO implementation need only support one level of DOI
assignment.
5.3 DOI Processing Requirements
A CIPSO implementation MUST support at least one DOI and SHOULD support
multiple DOIs. System and network administrators are cautioned to
ensure that at least one DOI is common within an IP network to allow for
broadcasting of IP datagrams.
CIPSO gateways MUST be capable of translating a CIPSO option from one
DOI to another when forwarding datagrams between networks. For
efficiency purposes this capability is only a desired feature for CIPSO
routers.
5.4 Label of ICMP Messages
The CIPSO label to be used on all outgoing ICMP messages MUST be equivalent
to the label of the datagram that caused the ICMP message. If the ICMP was
generated due to a problem associated with the original CIPSO label then the
following responses are allowed:
a. Use the CIPSO label of the original IP datagram
b. Drop the original datagram with no return message generated
In most cases these options will have the same effect. If you can not
interpret the label or if it is outside the label range of your host or
interface then an ICMP message with the same label will probably not be
able to exit the system.
6. Assignment of DOI Identifier Numbers =
Requests for assignment of a DOI identifier number should be addressed to
the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA).
7. Acknowledgements
Much of the material in this RFC is based on (and copied from) work
done by Gary Winiger of Sun Microsystems and published as Commercial
IP Security Option at the INTEROP 89, Commercial IPSO Workshop.
8. Author's Address
To submit mail for distribution to members of the IETF CIPSO Working
Group, send mail to: cipso@wdl1.wdl.loral.com.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 11]
CIPSO INTERNET DRAFT 16 July, 1992
To be added to or deleted from this distribution, send mail to:
cipso-request@wdl1.wdl.loral.com.
9. References
RFC 1038, "Draft Revised IP Security Option", M. St. Johns, IETF, January
1988.
RFC 1108, "U.S. Department of Defense Security Options
for the Internet Protocol", Stephen Kent, IAB, 1 March, 1991.
Internet Draft, Expires 15 Jan 93 [PAGE 12]

46
Documentation/netlabel/introduction.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
NetLabel Introduction
==============================================================================
Paul Moore, paul.moore@hp.com
August 2, 2006
* Overview
NetLabel is a mechanism which can be used by kernel security modules to attach
security attributes to outgoing network packets generated from user space
applications and read security attributes from incoming network packets. It
is composed of three main components, the protocol engines, the communication
layer, and the kernel security module API.
* Protocol Engines
The protocol engines are responsible for both applying and retrieving the
network packet's security attributes. If any translation between the network
security attributes and those on the host are required then the protocol
engine will handle those tasks as well. Other kernel subsystems should
refrain from calling the protocol engines directly, instead they should use
the NetLabel kernel security module API described below.
Detailed information about each NetLabel protocol engine can be found in this
directory, consult '00-INDEX' for filenames.
* Communication Layer
The communication layer exists to allow NetLabel configuration and monitoring
from user space. The NetLabel communication layer uses a message based
protocol built on top of the Generic NETLINK transport mechanism. The exact
formatting of these NetLabel messages as well as the Generic NETLINK family
names can be found in the the 'net/netlabel/' directory as comments in the
header files as well as in 'include/net/netlabel.h'.
* Security Module API
The purpose of the NetLabel security module API is to provide a protocol
independent interface to the underlying NetLabel protocol engines. In addition
to protocol independence, the security module API is designed to be completely
LSM independent which should allow multiple LSMs to leverage the same code
base.
Detailed information about the NetLabel security module API can be found in the
'include/net/netlabel.h' header file as well as the 'lsm_interface.txt' file
found in this directory.

47
Documentation/netlabel/lsm_interface.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
NetLabel Linux Security Module Interface
==============================================================================
Paul Moore, paul.moore@hp.com
May 17, 2006
* Overview
NetLabel is a mechanism which can set and retrieve security attributes from
network packets. It is intended to be used by LSM developers who want to make
use of a common code base for several different packet labeling protocols.
The NetLabel security module API is defined in 'include/net/netlabel.h' but a
brief overview is given below.
* NetLabel Security Attributes
Since NetLabel supports multiple different packet labeling protocols and LSMs
it uses the concept of security attributes to refer to the packet's security
labels. The NetLabel security attributes are defined by the
'netlbl_lsm_secattr' structure in the NetLabel header file. Internally the
NetLabel subsystem converts the security attributes to and from the correct
low-level packet label depending on the NetLabel build time and run time
configuration. It is up to the LSM developer to translate the NetLabel
security attributes into whatever security identifiers are in use for their
particular LSM.
* NetLabel LSM Protocol Operations
These are the functions which allow the LSM developer to manipulate the labels
on outgoing packets as well as read the labels on incoming packets. Functions
exist to operate both on sockets as well as the sk_buffs directly. These high
level functions are translated into low level protocol operations based on how
the administrator has configured the NetLabel subsystem.
* NetLabel Label Mapping Cache Operations
Depending on the exact configuration, translation between the network packet
label and the internal LSM security identifier can be time consuming. The
NetLabel label mapping cache is a caching mechanism which can be used to
sidestep much of this overhead once a mapping has been established. Once the
LSM has received a packet, used NetLabel to decode it's security attributes,
and translated the security attributes into a LSM internal identifier the LSM
can use the NetLabel caching functions to associate the LSM internal
identifier with the network packet's label. This means that in the future
when a incoming packet matches a cached value not only are the internal
NetLabel translation mechanisms bypassed but the LSM translation mechanisms are
bypassed as well which should result in a significant reduction in overhead.

46
Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qla3xxx Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
Copyright (c) 2003-2006 QLogic Corporation
QLogic Linux Networking HBA Driver
This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be
distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file.
You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
Foundation (version 2 or a later version).
You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file
under the following terms:
1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable),
must retain the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission
REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE,
THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT
CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR
OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN
ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN
COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM.

59
Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
View File

@ -192,6 +192,17 @@ or, for backwards compatibility, the option value. E.g.,
arp_interval
Specifies the ARP link monitoring frequency in milliseconds.
The ARP monitor works by periodically checking the slave
devices to determine whether they have sent or received
traffic recently (the precise criteria depends upon the
bonding mode, and the state of the slave). Regular traffic is
generated via ARP probes issued for the addresses specified by
the arp_ip_target option.
This behavior can be modified by the arp_validate option,
below.
If ARP monitoring is used in an etherchannel compatible mode
(modes 0 and 2), the switch should be configured in a mode
that evenly distributes packets across all links. If the
@ -213,6 +224,54 @@ arp_ip_target
maximum number of targets that can be specified is 16. The
default value is no IP addresses.
arp_validate
Specifies whether or not ARP probes and replies should be
validated in the active-backup mode. This causes the ARP
monitor to examine the incoming ARP requests and replies, and
only consider a slave to be up if it is receiving the
appropriate ARP traffic.
Possible values are:
none or 0
No validation is performed. This is the default.
active or 1
Validation is performed only for the active slave.
backup or 2
Validation is performed only for backup slaves.
all or 3
Validation is performed for all slaves.
For the active slave, the validation checks ARP replies to
confirm that they were generated by an arp_ip_target. Since
backup slaves do not typically receive these replies, the
validation performed for backup slaves is on the ARP request
sent out via the active slave. It is possible that some
switch or network configurations may result in situations
wherein the backup slaves do not receive the ARP requests; in
such a situation, validation of backup slaves must be
disabled.
This option is useful in network configurations in which
multiple bonding hosts are concurrently issuing ARPs to one or
more targets beyond a common switch. Should the link between
the switch and target fail (but not the switch itself), the
probe traffic generated by the multiple bonding instances will
fool the standard ARP monitor into considering the links as
still up. Use of the arp_validate option can resolve this, as
the ARP monitor will only consider ARP requests and replies
associated with its own instance of bonding.
This option was added in bonding version 3.1.0.
downdelay
Specifies the time, in milliseconds, to wait before disabling

8
Documentation/networking/dccp.txt
View File

@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
DCCP protocol
============
Last updated: 10 November 2005
Contents
========
@ -42,8 +41,11 @@ Socket options
DCCP_SOCKOPT_PACKET_SIZE is used for CCID3 to set default packet size for
calculations.
DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE sets the service. This is compulsory as per the
specification. If you don't set it you will get EPROTO.
DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE sets the service. The specification mandates use of
service codes (RFC 4340, sec. 8.1.2); if this socket option is not set,
the socket will fall back to 0 (which means that no meaningful service code
is present). Connecting sockets set at most one service option; for
listening sockets, multiple service codes can be specified.
Notes
=====

38
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
View File

@ -375,6 +375,41 @@ tcp_slow_start_after_idle - BOOLEAN
be timed out after an idle period.
Default: 1
CIPSOv4 Variables:
cipso_cache_enable - BOOLEAN
If set, enable additions to and lookups from the CIPSO label mapping
cache. If unset, additions are ignored and lookups always result in a
miss. However, regardless of the setting the cache is still
invalidated when required when means you can safely toggle this on and
off and the cache will always be "safe".
Default: 1
cipso_cache_bucket_size - INTEGER
The CIPSO label cache consists of a fixed size hash table with each
hash bucket containing a number of cache entries. This variable limits
the number of entries in each hash bucket; the larger the value the
more CIPSO label mappings that can be cached. When the number of
entries in a given hash bucket reaches this limit adding new entries
causes the oldest entry in the bucket to be removed to make room.
Default: 10
cipso_rbm_optfmt - BOOLEAN
Enable the "Optimized Tag 1 Format" as defined in section 3.4.2.6 of
the CIPSO draft specification (see Documentation/netlabel for details).
This means that when set the CIPSO tag will be padded with empty
categories in order to make the packet data 32-bit aligned.
Default: 0
cipso_rbm_structvalid - BOOLEAN
If set, do a very strict check of the CIPSO option when
ip_options_compile() is called. If unset, relax the checks done during
ip_options_compile(). Either way is "safe" as errors are caught else
where in the CIPSO processing code but setting this to 0 (False) should
result in less work (i.e. it should be faster) but could cause problems
with other implementations that require strict checking.
Default: 0
IP Variables:
ip_local_port_range - 2 INTEGERS
@ -730,6 +765,9 @@ conf/all/forwarding - BOOLEAN
This referred to as global forwarding.
proxy_ndp - BOOLEAN
Do proxy ndp.
conf/interface/*:
Change special settings per interface.

16
Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
View File

@ -100,6 +100,7 @@ Examples:
are: IPSRC_RND #IP Source is random (between min/max),
IPDST_RND, UDPSRC_RND,
UDPDST_RND, MACSRC_RND, MACDST_RND
MPLS_RND, VID_RND, SVID_RND
pgset "udp_src_min 9" set UDP source port min, If < udp_src_max, then
cycle through the port range.
@ -125,6 +126,21 @@ Examples:
pgset "mpls 0" turn off mpls (or any invalid argument works too!)
pgset "vlan_id 77" set VLAN ID 0-4095
pgset "vlan_p 3" set priority bit 0-7 (default 0)
pgset "vlan_cfi 0" set canonical format identifier 0-1 (default 0)
pgset "svlan_id 22" set SVLAN ID 0-4095
pgset "svlan_p 3" set priority bit 0-7 (default 0)
pgset "svlan_cfi 0" set canonical format identifier 0-1 (default 0)
pgset "vlan_id 9999" > 4095 remove vlan and svlan tags
pgset "svlan 9999" > 4095 remove svlan tag
pgset "tos XX" set former IPv4 TOS field (e.g. "tos 28" for AF11 no ECN, default 00)
pgset "traffic_class XX" set former IPv6 TRAFFIC CLASS (e.g. "traffic_class B8" for EF no ECN, default 00)
pgset stop aborts injection. Also, ^C aborts generator.

14
Documentation/networking/secid.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
flowi structure:
The secid member in the flow structure is used in LSMs (e.g. SELinux) to indicate
the label of the flow. This label of the flow is currently used in selecting
matching labeled xfrm(s).
If this is an outbound flow, the label is derived from the socket, if any, or
the incoming packet this flow is being generated as a response to (e.g. tcp
resets, timewait ack, etc.). It is also conceivable that the label could be
derived from other sources such as process context, device, etc., in special
cases, as may be appropriate.
If this is an inbound flow, the label is derived from the IPSec security
associations, if any, used by the packet.

46
Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt
View File

@ -116,6 +116,9 @@ FURTHER NOTES ON NO-MMU MMAP
(*) A list of all the mappings on the system is visible through /proc/maps in
no-MMU mode.
(*) A list of all the mappings in use by a process is visible through
/proc/<pid>/maps in no-MMU mode.
(*) Supplying MAP_FIXED or a requesting a particular mapping address will
result in an error.
@ -125,6 +128,49 @@ FURTHER NOTES ON NO-MMU MMAP
error will result if they don't. This is most likely to be encountered
with character device files, pipes, fifos and sockets.
==========================
INTERPROCESS SHARED MEMORY
==========================
Both SYSV IPC SHM shared memory and POSIX shared memory is supported in NOMMU
mode. The former through the usual mechanism, the latter through files created
on ramfs or tmpfs mounts.
=======
FUTEXES
=======
Futexes are supported in NOMMU mode if the arch supports them. An error will
be given if an address passed to the futex system call lies outside the
mappings made by a process or if the mapping in which the address lies does not
support futexes (such as an I/O chardev mapping).
=============
NO-MMU MREMAP
=============
The mremap() function is partially supported. It may change the size of a
mapping, and may move it[*] if MREMAP_MAYMOVE is specified and if the new size
of the mapping exceeds the size of the slab object currently occupied by the
memory to which the mapping refers, or if a smaller slab object could be used.
MREMAP_FIXED is not supported, though it is ignored if there's no change of
address and the object does not need to be moved.
Shared mappings may not be moved. Shareable mappings may not be moved either,
even if they are not currently shared.
The mremap() function must be given an exact match for base address and size of
a previously mapped object. It may not be used to create holes in existing
mappings, move parts of existing mappings or resize parts of mappings. It must
act on a complete mapping.
[*] Not currently supported.
============================================
PROVIDING SHAREABLE CHARACTER DEVICE SUPPORT
============================================

253
Documentation/pcieaer-howto.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
The PCI Express Advanced Error Reporting Driver Guide HOWTO
T. Long Nguyen <tom.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Yanmin Zhang <yanmin.zhang@intel.com>
07/29/2006
1. Overview
1.1 About this guide
This guide describes the basics of the PCI Express Advanced Error
Reporting (AER) driver and provides information on how to use it, as
well as how to enable the drivers of endpoint devices to conform with
PCI Express AER driver.
1.2 Copyright © Intel Corporation 2006.
1.3 What is the PCI Express AER Driver?
PCI Express error signaling can occur on the PCI Express link itself
or on behalf of transactions initiated on the link. PCI Express
defines two error reporting paradigms: the baseline capability and
the Advanced Error Reporting capability. The baseline capability is
required of all PCI Express components providing a minimum defined
set of error reporting requirements. Advanced Error Reporting
capability is implemented with a PCI Express advanced error reporting
extended capability structure providing more robust error reporting.
The PCI Express AER driver provides the infrastructure to support PCI
Express Advanced Error Reporting capability. The PCI Express AER
driver provides three basic functions:
- Gathers the comprehensive error information if errors occurred.
- Reports error to the users.
- Performs error recovery actions.
AER driver only attaches root ports which support PCI-Express AER
capability.
2. User Guide
2.1 Include the PCI Express AER Root Driver into the Linux Kernel
The PCI Express AER Root driver is a Root Port service driver attached
to the PCI Express Port Bus driver. If a user wants to use it, the driver
has to be compiled. Option CONFIG_PCIEAER supports this capability. It
depends on CONFIG_PCIEPORTBUS, so pls. set CONFIG_PCIEPORTBUS=y and
CONFIG_PCIEAER = y.
2.2 Load PCI Express AER Root Driver
There is a case where a system has AER support in BIOS. Enabling the AER
Root driver and having AER support in BIOS may result unpredictable
behavior. To avoid this conflict, a successful load of the AER Root driver
requires ACPI _OSC support in the BIOS to allow the AER Root driver to
request for native control of AER. See the PCI FW 3.0 Specification for
details regarding OSC usage. Currently, lots of firmwares don't provide
_OSC support while they use PCI Express. To support such firmwares,
forceload, a parameter of type bool, could enable AER to continue to
be initiated although firmwares have no _OSC support. To enable the
walkaround, pls. add aerdriver.forceload=y to kernel boot parameter line
when booting kernel. Note that forceload=n by default.
2.3 AER error output
When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputed to
console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputed as a warning.
Otherwise, it is printed as an error. So users could choose different
log level to filter out correctable error messages.
Below shows an example.
+------ PCI-Express Device Error -----+
Error Severity : Uncorrected (Fatal)
PCIE Bus Error type : Transaction Layer
Unsupported Request : First
Requester ID : 0500
VendorID=8086h, DeviceID=0329h, Bus=05h, Device=00h, Function=00h
TLB Header:
04000001 00200a03 05010000 00050100
In the example, 'Requester ID' means the ID of the device who sends
the error message to root port. Pls. refer to pci express specs for
other fields.
3. Developer Guide
To enable AER aware support requires a software driver to configure
the AER capability structure within its device and to provide callbacks.
To support AER better, developers need understand how AER does work
firstly.
PCI Express errors are classified into two types: correctable errors
and uncorrectable errors. This classification is based on the impacts
of those errors, which may result in degraded performance or function
failure.
Correctable errors pose no impacts on the functionality of the
interface. The PCI Express protocol can recover without any software
intervention or any loss of data. These errors are detected and
corrected by hardware. Unlike correctable errors, uncorrectable
errors impact functionality of the interface. Uncorrectable errors
can cause a particular transaction or a particular PCI Express link
to be unreliable. Depending on those error conditions, uncorrectable
errors are further classified into non-fatal errors and fatal errors.
Non-fatal errors cause the particular transaction to be unreliable,
but the PCI Express link itself is fully functional. Fatal errors, on
the other hand, cause the link to be unreliable.
When AER is enabled, a PCI Express device will automatically send an
error message to the PCIE root port above it when the device captures
an error. The Root Port, upon receiving an error reporting message,
internally processes and logs the error message in its PCI Express
capability structure. Error information being logged includes storing
the error reporting agent's requestor ID into the Error Source
Identification Registers and setting the error bits of the Root Error
Status Register accordingly. If AER error reporting is enabled in Root
Error Command Register, the Root Port generates an interrupt if an
error is detected.
Note that the errors as described above are related to the PCI Express
hierarchy and links. These errors do not include any device specific
errors because device specific errors will still get sent directly to
the device driver.
3.1 Configure the AER capability structure
AER aware drivers of PCI Express component need change the device
control registers to enable AER. They also could change AER registers,
including mask and severity registers. Helper function
pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting could be used to enable AER. See
section 3.3.
3.2. Provide callbacks
3.2.1 callback reset_link to reset pci express link
This callback is used to reset the pci express physical link when a
fatal error happens. The root port aer service driver provides a
default reset_link function, but different upstream ports might
have different specifications to reset pci express link, so all
upstream ports should provide their own reset_link functions.
In struct pcie_port_service_driver, a new pointer, reset_link, is
added.
pci_ers_result_t (*reset_link) (struct pci_dev *dev);
Section 3.2.2.2 provides more detailed info on when to call
reset_link.
3.2.2 PCI error-recovery callbacks
The PCI Express AER Root driver uses error callbacks to coordinate
with downstream device drivers associated with a hierarchy in question
when performing error recovery actions.
Data struct pci_driver has a pointer, err_handler, to point to
pci_error_handlers who consists of a couple of callback function
pointers. AER driver follows the rules defined in
pci-error-recovery.txt except pci express specific parts (e.g.
reset_link). Pls. refer to pci-error-recovery.txt for detailed
definitions of the callbacks.
Below sections specify when to call the error callback functions.
3.2.2.1 Correctable errors
Correctable errors pose no impacts on the functionality of
the interface. The PCI Express protocol can recover without any
software intervention or any loss of data. These errors do not
require any recovery actions. The AER driver clears the device's
correctable error status register accordingly and logs these errors.
3.2.2.2 Non-correctable (non-fatal and fatal) errors
If an error message indicates a non-fatal error, performing link reset
at upstream is not required. The AER driver calls error_detected(dev,
pci_channel_io_normal) to all drivers associated within a hierarchy in
question. for example,
EndPoint<==>DownstreamPort B<==>UpstreamPort A<==>RootPort.
If Upstream port A captures an AER error, the hierarchy consists of
Downstream port B and EndPoint.
A driver may return PCI_ERS_RESULT_CAN_RECOVER,
PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT, or PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, depending on
whether it can recover or the AER driver calls mmio_enabled as next.
If an error message indicates a fatal error, kernel will broadcast
error_detected(dev, pci_channel_io_frozen) to all drivers within
a hierarchy in question. Then, performing link reset at upstream is
necessary. As different kinds of devices might use different approaches
to reset link, AER port service driver is required to provide the
function to reset link. Firstly, kernel looks for if the upstream
component has an aer driver. If it has, kernel uses the reset_link
callback of the aer driver. If the upstream component has no aer driver
and the port is downstream port, we will use the aer driver of the
root port who reports the AER error. As for upstream ports,
they should provide their own aer service drivers with reset_link
function. If error_detected returns PCI_ERS_RESULT_CAN_RECOVER and
reset_link returns PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED, the error handling goes
to mmio_enabled.
3.3 helper functions
3.3.1 int pci_find_aer_capability(struct pci_dev *dev);
pci_find_aer_capability locates the PCI Express AER capability
in the device configuration space. If the device doesn't support
PCI-Express AER, the function returns 0.
3.3.2 int pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev);
pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting enables the device to send error
messages to root port when an error is detected. Note that devices
don't enable the error reporting by default, so device drivers need
call this function to enable it.
3.3.3 int pci_disable_pcie_error_reporting(struct pci_dev *dev);
pci_disable_pcie_error_reporting disables the device to send error
messages to root port when an error is detected.
3.3.4 int pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status(struct pci_dev *dev);
pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status cleanups the uncorrectable
error status register.
3.4 Frequent Asked Questions
Q: What happens if a PCI Express device driver does not provide an
error recovery handler (pci_driver->err_handler is equal to NULL)?
A: The devices attached with the driver won't be recovered. If the
error is fatal, kernel will print out warning messages. Please refer
to section 3 for more information.
Q: What happens if an upstream port service driver does not provide
callback reset_link?
A: Fatal error recovery will fail if the errors are reported by the
upstream ports who are attached by the service driver.
Q: How does this infrastructure deal with driver that is not PCI
Express aware?
A: This infrastructure calls the error callback functions of the
driver when an error happens. But if the driver is not aware of
PCI Express, the device might not report its own errors to root
port.
Q: What modifications will that driver need to make it compatible
with the PCI Express AER Root driver?
A: It could call the helper functions to enable AER in devices and
cleanup uncorrectable status register. Pls. refer to section 3.3.

655
Documentation/power/devices.txt
View File

@ -1,208 +1,553 @@
Most of the code in Linux is device drivers, so most of the Linux power
management code is also driver-specific. Most drivers will do very little;
others, especially for platforms with small batteries (like cell phones),
will do a lot.
Device Power Management
This writeup gives an overview of how drivers interact with system-wide
power management goals, emphasizing the models and interfaces that are
shared by everything that hooks up to the driver model core. Read it as
background for the domain-specific work you'd do with any specific driver.
Device power management encompasses two areas - the ability to save
state and transition a device to a low-power state when the system is
entering a low-power state; and the ability to transition a device to
a low-power state while the system is running (and independently of
any other power management activity).
Two Models for Device Power Management
======================================
Drivers will use one or both of these models to put devices into low-power
states:
System Sleep model:
Drivers can enter low power states as part of entering system-wide
low-power states like "suspend-to-ram", or (mostly for systems with
disks) "hibernate" (suspend-to-disk).
This is something that device, bus, and class drivers collaborate on
by implementing various role-specific suspend and resume methods to
cleanly power down hardware and software subsystems, then reactivate
them without loss of data.
Some drivers can manage hardware wakeup events, which make the system
leave that low-power state. This feature may be disabled using the
relevant /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup file; enabling it may cost some
power usage, but let the whole system enter low power states more often.
Runtime Power Management model:
Drivers may also enter low power states while the system is running,
independently of other power management activity. Upstream drivers
will normally not know (or care) if the device is in some low power
state when issuing requests; the driver will auto-resume anything
that's needed when it gets a request.
This doesn't have, or need much infrastructure; it's just something you
should do when writing your drivers. For example, clk_disable() unused
clocks as part of minimizing power drain for currently-unused hardware.
Of course, sometimes clusters of drivers will collaborate with each
other, which could involve task-specific power management.
There's not a lot to be said about those low power states except that they
are very system-specific, and often device-specific. Also, that if enough
drivers put themselves into low power states (at "runtime"), the effect may be
the same as entering some system-wide low-power state (system sleep) ... and
that synergies exist, so that several drivers using runtime pm might put the
system into a state where even deeper power saving options are available.
Most suspended devices will have quiesced all I/O: no more DMA or irqs, no
more data read or written, and requests from upstream drivers are no longer
accepted. A given bus or platform may have different requirements though.
Examples of hardware wakeup events include an alarm from a real time clock,
network wake-on-LAN packets, keyboard or mouse activity, and media insertion
or removal (for PCMCIA, MMC/SD, USB, and so on).
Methods
Interfaces for Entering System Sleep States
===========================================
Most of the programming interfaces a device driver needs to know about
relate to that first model: entering a system-wide low power state,
rather than just minimizing power consumption by one device.
The methods to suspend and resume devices reside in struct bus_type:
Bus Driver Methods
------------------
The core methods to suspend and resume devices reside in struct bus_type.
These are mostly of interest to people writing infrastructure for busses
like PCI or USB, or because they define the primitives that device drivers
may need to apply in domain-specific ways to their devices:
struct bus_type {
...
int (*suspend)(struct device * dev, pm_message_t state);
int (*resume)(struct device * dev);
...
int (*suspend)(struct device *dev, pm_message_t state);
int (*suspend_late)(struct device *dev, pm_message_t state);
int (*resume_early)(struct device *dev);
int (*resume)(struct device *dev);
};
Each bus driver is responsible implementing these methods, translating
the call into a bus-specific request and forwarding the call to the
bus-specific drivers. For example, PCI drivers implement suspend() and
resume() methods in struct pci_driver. The PCI core is simply
responsible for translating the pointers to PCI-specific ones and
calling the low-level driver.
Bus drivers implement those methods as appropriate for the hardware and
the drivers using it; PCI works differently from USB, and so on. Not many
people write bus drivers; most driver code is a "device driver" that
builds on top of bus-specific framework code.
This is done to a) ease transition to the new power management methods
and leverage the existing PM code in various bus drivers; b) allow
buses to implement generic and default PM routines for devices, and c)
make the flow of execution obvious to the reader.
For more information on these driver calls, see the description later;
they are called in phases for every device, respecting the parent-child
sequencing in the driver model tree. Note that as this is being written,
only the suspend() and resume() are widely available; not many bus drivers
leverage all of those phases, or pass them down to lower driver levels.
System Power Management
/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup files
-----------------------------------
All devices in the driver model have two flags to control handling of
wakeup events, which are hardware signals that can force the device and/or
system out of a low power state. These are initialized by bus or device
driver code using device_init_wakeup(dev,can_wakeup).
When the system enters a low-power state, the device tree is walked in
a depth-first fashion to transition each device into a low-power
state. The ordering of the device tree is guaranteed by the order in
which devices get registered - children are never registered before
their ancestors, and devices are placed at the back of the list when
registered. By walking the list in reverse order, we are guaranteed to
suspend devices in the proper order.
The "can_wakeup" flag just records whether the device (and its driver) can
physically support wakeup events. When that flag is clear, the sysfs
"wakeup" file is empty, and device_may_wakeup() returns false.
Devices are suspended once with interrupts enabled. Drivers are
expected to stop I/O transactions, save device state, and place the
device into a low-power state. Drivers may sleep, allocate memory,
etc. at will.
For devices that can issue wakeup events, a separate flag controls whether
that device should try to use its wakeup mechanism. The initial value of
device_may_wakeup() will be true, so that the device's "wakeup" file holds
the value "enabled". Userspace can change that to "disabled" so that
device_may_wakeup() returns false; or change it back to "enabled" (so that
it returns true again).
Some devices are broken and will inevitably have problems powering
down or disabling themselves with interrupts enabled. For these
special cases, they may return -EAGAIN. This will put the device on a
list to be taken care of later. When interrupts are disabled, before
we enter the low-power state, their drivers are called again to put
their device to sleep.
On resume, the devices that returned -EAGAIN will be called to power
themselves back on with interrupts disabled. Once interrupts have been
re-enabled, the rest of the drivers will be called to resume their
devices. On resume, a driver is responsible for powering back on each
device, restoring state, and re-enabling I/O transactions for that
device.
EXAMPLE: PCI Device Driver Methods
-----------------------------------
PCI framework software calls these methods when the PCI device driver bound
to a device device has provided them:
struct pci_driver {
...
int (*suspend)(struct pci_device *pdev, pm_message_t state);
int (*suspend_late)(struct pci_device *pdev, pm_message_t state);
int (*resume_early)(struct pci_device *pdev);
int (*resume)(struct pci_device *pdev);
};
Drivers will implement those methods, and call PCI-specific procedures
like pci_set_power_state(), pci_enable_wake(), pci_save_state(), and
pci_restore_state() to manage PCI-specific mechanisms. (PCI config space
could be saved during driver probe, if it weren't for the fact that some
systems rely on userspace tweaking using setpci.) Devices are suspended
before their bridges enter low power states, and likewise bridges resume
before their devices.
Upper Layers of Driver Stacks
-----------------------------
Device drivers generally have at least two interfaces, and the methods
sketched above are the ones which apply to the lower level (nearer PCI, USB,
or other bus hardware). The network and block layers are examples of upper
level interfaces, as is a character device talking to userspace.
Power management requests normally need to flow through those upper levels,
which often use domain-oriented requests like "blank that screen". In
some cases those upper levels will have power management intelligence that
relates to end-user activity, or other devices that work in cooperation.
When those interfaces are structured using class interfaces, there is a
standard way to have the upper layer stop issuing requests to a given
class device (and restart later):
struct class {
...
int (*suspend)(struct device *dev, pm_message_t state);
int (*resume)(struct device *dev);
};
Those calls are issued in specific phases of the process by which the
system enters a low power "suspend" state, or resumes from it.
Calling Drivers to Enter System Sleep States
============================================
When the system enters a low power state, each device's driver is asked
to suspend the device by putting it into state compatible with the target
system state. That's usually some version of "off", but the details are
system-specific. Also, wakeup-enabled devices will usually stay partly
functional in order to wake the system.
When the system leaves that low power state, the device's driver is asked
to resume it. The suspend and resume operations always go together, and
both are multi-phase operations.
For simple drivers, suspend might quiesce the device using the class code
and then turn its hardware as "off" as possible with late_suspend. The
matching resume calls would then completely reinitialize the hardware
before reactivating its class I/O queues.
More power-aware drivers drivers will use more than one device low power
state, either at runtime or during system sleep states, and might trigger
system wakeup events.
Call Sequence Guarantees
------------------------
To ensure that bridges and similar links needed to talk to a device are
available when the device is suspended or resumed, the device tree is
walked in a bottom-up order to suspend devices. A top-down order is
used to resume those devices.
The ordering of the device tree is defined by the order in which devices
get registered: a child can never be registered, probed or resumed before
its parent; and can't be removed or suspended after that parent.
The policy is that the device tree should match hardware bus topology.
(Or at least the control bus, for devices which use multiple busses.)
Suspending Devices
------------------
Suspending a given device is done in several phases. Suspending the
system always includes every phase, executing calls for every device
before the next phase begins. Not all busses or classes support all
these callbacks; and not all drivers use all the callbacks.
The phases are seen by driver notifications issued in this order:
1 class.suspend(dev, message) is called after tasks are frozen, for
devices associated with a class that has such a method. This
method may sleep.
Since I/O activity usually comes from such higher layers, this is
a good place to quiesce all drivers of a given type (and keep such
code out of those drivers).
2 bus.suspend(dev, message) is called next. This method may sleep,
and is often morphed into a device driver call with bus-specific
parameters and/or rules.
This call should handle parts of device suspend logic that require
sleeping. It probably does work to quiesce the device which hasn't
been abstracted into class.suspend() or bus.suspend_late().
3 bus.suspend_late(dev, message) is called with IRQs disabled, and
with only one CPU active. Until the bus.resume_early() phase
completes (see later), IRQs are not enabled again. This method
won't be exposed by all busses; for message based busses like USB,
I2C, or SPI, device interactions normally require IRQs. This bus
call may be morphed into a driver call with bus-specific parameters.
This call might save low level hardware state that might otherwise
be lost in the upcoming low power state, and actually put the
device into a low power state ... so that in some cases the device
may stay partly usable until this late. This "late" call may also
help when coping with hardware that behaves badly.
The pm_message_t parameter is currently used to refine those semantics
(described later).
At the end of those phases, drivers should normally have stopped all I/O
transactions (DMA, IRQs), saved enough state that they can re-initialize
or restore previous state (as needed by the hardware), and placed the
device into a low-power state. On many platforms they will also use
clk_disable() to gate off one or more clock sources; sometimes they will
also switch off power supplies, or reduce voltages. Drivers which have
runtime PM support may already have performed some or all of the steps
needed to prepare for the upcoming system sleep state.
When any driver sees that its device_can_wakeup(dev), it should make sure
to use the relevant hardware signals to trigger a system wakeup event.
For example, enable_irq_wake() might identify GPIO signals hooked up to
a switch or other external hardware, and pci_enable_wake() does something
similar for PCI's PME# signal.
If a driver (or bus, or class) fails it suspend method, the system won't
enter the desired low power state; it will resume all the devices it's
suspended so far.
Note that drivers may need to perform different actions based on the target
system lowpower/sleep state. At this writing, there are only platform
specific APIs through which drivers could determine those target states.
Device Low Power (suspend) States
---------------------------------
Device low-power states aren't very standard. One device might only handle
"on" and "off, while another might support a dozen different versions of
"on" (how many engines are active?), plus a state that gets back to "on"
faster than from a full "off".
Some busses define rules about what different suspend states mean. PCI
gives one example: after the suspend sequence completes, a non-legacy
PCI device may not perform DMA or issue IRQs, and any wakeup events it
issues would be issued through the PME# bus signal. Plus, there are
several PCI-standard device states, some of which are optional.
In contrast, integrated system-on-chip processors often use irqs as the
wakeup event sources (so drivers would call enable_irq_wake) and might
be able to treat DMA completion as a wakeup event (sometimes DMA can stay
active too, it'd only be the CPU and some peripherals that sleep).
Some details here may be platform-specific. Systems may have devices that
can be fully active in certain sleep states, such as an LCD display that's
refreshed using DMA while most of the system is sleeping lightly ... and
its frame buffer might even be updated by a DSP or other non-Linux CPU while
the Linux control processor stays idle.
Moreover, the specific actions taken may depend on the target system state.
One target system state might allow a given device to be very operational;
another might require a hard shut down with re-initialization on resume.
And two different target systems might use the same device in different
ways; the aforementioned LCD might be active in one product's "standby",
but a different product using the same SOC might work differently.
Meaning of pm_message_t.event
-----------------------------
Parameters to suspend calls include the device affected and a message of
type pm_message_t, which has one field: the event. If driver does not
recognize the event code, suspend calls may abort the request and return
a negative errno. However, most drivers will be fine if they implement
PM_EVENT_SUSPEND semantics for all messages.
The event codes are used to refine the goal of suspending the device, and
mostly matter when creating or resuming system memory image snapshots, as
used with suspend-to-disk:
PM_EVENT_SUSPEND -- quiesce the driver and put hardware into a low-power
state. When used with system sleep states like "suspend-to-RAM" or
"standby", the upcoming resume() call will often be able to rely on
state kept in hardware, or issue system wakeup events. When used
instead with suspend-to-disk, few devices support this capability;
most are completely powered off.
PM_EVENT_FREEZE -- quiesce the driver, but don't necessarily change into
any low power mode. A system snapshot is about to be taken, often
followed by a call to the driver's resume() method. Neither wakeup
events nor DMA are allowed.
PM_EVENT_PRETHAW -- quiesce the driver, knowing that the upcoming resume()
will restore a suspend-to-disk snapshot from a different kernel image.
Drivers that are smart enough to look at their hardware state during
resume() processing need that state to be correct ... a PRETHAW could
be used to invalidate that state (by resetting the device), like a
shutdown() invocation would before a kexec() or system halt. Other
drivers might handle this the same way as PM_EVENT_FREEZE. Neither
wakeup events nor DMA are allowed.
To enter "standby" (ACPI S1) or "Suspend to RAM" (STR, ACPI S3) states, or
the similarly named APM states, only PM_EVENT_SUSPEND is used; for "Suspend
to Disk" (STD, hibernate, ACPI S4), all of those event codes are used.
There's also PM_EVENT_ON, a value which never appears as a suspend event
but is sometimes used to record the "not suspended" device state.
Resuming Devices
----------------
Resuming is done in multiple phases, much like suspending, with all
devices processing each phase's calls before the next phase begins.
The phases are seen by driver notifications issued in this order:
1 bus.resume_early(dev) is called with IRQs disabled, and with
only one CPU active. As with bus.suspend_late(), this method
won't be supported on busses that require IRQs in order to
interact with devices.
This reverses the effects of bus.suspend_late().
2 bus.resume(dev) is called next. This may be morphed into a device
driver call with bus-specific parameters; implementations may sleep.
This reverses the effects of bus.suspend().
3 class.resume(dev) is called for devices associated with a class
that has such a method. Implementations may sleep.
This reverses the effects of class.suspend(), and would usually
reactivate the device's I/O queue.
At the end of those phases, drivers should normally be as functional as
they were before suspending: I/O can be performed using DMA and IRQs, and
the relevant clocks are gated on. The device need not be "fully on"; it
might be in a runtime lowpower/suspend state that acts as if it were.
However, the details here may again be platform-specific. For example,
some systems support multiple "run" states, and the mode in effect at
the end of resume() might not be the one which preceded suspension.
That means availability of certain clocks or power supplies changed,
which could easily affect how a driver works.
Drivers need to be able to handle hardware which has been reset since the
suspend methods were called, for example by complete reinitialization.
This may be the hardest part, and the one most protected by NDA'd documents
and chip errata. It's simplest if the hardware state hasn't changed since
the suspend() was called, but that can't always be guaranteed.
Drivers must also be prepared to notice that the device has been removed
while the system was powered off, whenever that's physically possible.
PCMCIA, MMC, USB, Firewire, SCSI, and even IDE are common examples of busses
where common Linux platforms will see such removal. Details of how drivers
will notice and handle such removals are currently bus-specific, and often
involve a separate thread.
Note that the bus-specific runtime PM wakeup mechanism can exist, and might
be defined to share some of the same driver code as for system wakeup. For
example, a bus-specific device driver's resume() method might be used there,
so it wouldn't only be called from bus.resume() during system-wide wakeup.
See bus-specific information about how runtime wakeup events are handled.
System Devices
--------------
System devices follow a slightly different API, which can be found in
include/linux/sysdev.h
drivers/base/sys.c
System devices will only be suspended with interrupts disabled, and
after all other devices have been suspended. On resume, they will be
resumed before any other devices, and also with interrupts disabled.
System devices will only be suspended with interrupts disabled, and after
all other devices have been suspended. On resume, they will be resumed
before any other devices, and also with interrupts disabled.
That is, IRQs are disabled, the suspend_late() phase begins, then the
sysdev_driver.suspend() phase, and the system enters a sleep state. Then
the sysdev_driver.resume() phase begins, followed by the resume_early()
phase, after which IRQs are enabled.
Code to actually enter and exit the system-wide low power state sometimes
involves hardware details that are only known to the boot firmware, and
may leave a CPU running software (from SRAM or flash memory) that monitors
the system and manages its wakeup sequence.
Runtime Power Management
========================
Many devices are able to dynamically power down while the system is still
running. This feature is useful for devices that are not being used, and
can offer significant power savings on a running system. These devices
often support a range of runtime power states, which might use names such
as "off", "sleep", "idle", "active", and so on. Those states will in some
cases (like PCI) be partially constrained by a bus the device uses, and will
usually include hardware states that are also used in system sleep states.
Many devices are able to dynamically power down while the system is
still running. This feature is useful for devices that are not being
used, and can offer significant power savings on a running system.
However, note that if a driver puts a device into a runtime low power state
and the system then goes into a system-wide sleep state, it normally ought
to resume into that runtime low power state rather than "full on". Such
distinctions would be part of the driver-internal state machine for that
hardware; the whole point of runtime power management is to be sure that
drivers are decoupled in that way from the state machine governing phases
of the system-wide power/sleep state transitions.
In each device's directory, there is a 'power' directory, which
contains at least a 'state' file. Reading from this file displays what
power state the device is currently in. Writing to this file initiates
a transition to the specified power state, which must be a decimal in
the range 1-3, inclusive; or 0 for 'On'.
The PM core will call the ->suspend() method in the bus_type object
that the device belongs to if the specified state is not 0, or
->resume() if it is.
Power Saving Techniques
-----------------------
Normally runtime power management is handled by the drivers without specific
userspace or kernel intervention, by device-aware use of techniques like:
Nothing will happen if the specified state is the same state the
device is currently in.
Using information provided by other system layers
- stay deeply "off" except between open() and close()
- if transceiver/PHY indicates "nobody connected", stay "off"
- application protocols may include power commands or hints
If the device is already in a low-power state, and the specified state
is another, but different, low-power state, the ->resume() method will
first be called to power the device back on, then ->suspend() will be
called again with the new state.
Using fewer CPU cycles
- using DMA instead of PIO
- removing timers, or making them lower frequency
- shortening "hot" code paths
- eliminating cache misses
- (sometimes) offloading work to device firmware
The driver is responsible for saving the working state of the device
and putting it into the low-power state specified. If this was
successful, it returns 0, and the device's power_state field is
updated.
Reducing other resource costs
- gating off unused clocks in software (or hardware)
- switching off unused power supplies
- eliminating (or delaying/merging) IRQs
- tuning DMA to use word and/or burst modes
The driver must take care to know whether or not it is able to
properly resume the device, including all step of reinitialization
necessary. (This is the hardest part, and the one most protected by
NDA'd documents).
Using device-specific low power states
- using lower voltages
- avoiding needless DMA transfers
The driver must also take care not to suspend a device that is
currently in use. It is their responsibility to provide their own
exclusion mechanisms.
Read your hardware documentation carefully to see the opportunities that
may be available. If you can, measure the actual power usage and check
it against the budget established for your project.
The runtime power transition happens with interrupts enabled. If a
device cannot support being powered down with interrupts, it may
return -EAGAIN (as it would during a system power management
transition), but it will _not_ be called again, and the transaction
will fail.
There is currently no way to know what states a device or driver
supports a priori. This will change in the future.
Examples: USB hosts, system timer, system CPU
----------------------------------------------
USB host controllers make interesting, if complex, examples. In many cases
these have no work to do: no USB devices are connected, or all of them are
in the USB "suspend" state. Linux host controller drivers can then disable
periodic DMA transfers that would otherwise be a constant power drain on the
memory subsystem, and enter a suspend state. In power-aware controllers,
entering that suspend state may disable the clock used with USB signaling,
saving a certain amount of power.
pm_message_t meaning
The controller will be woken from that state (with an IRQ) by changes to the
signal state on the data lines of a given port, for example by an existing
peripheral requesting "remote wakeup" or by plugging a new peripheral. The
same wakeup mechanism usually works from "standby" sleep states, and on some
systems also from "suspend to RAM" (or even "suspend to disk") states.
(Except that ACPI may be involved instead of normal IRQs, on some hardware.)
pm_message_t has two fields. event ("major"), and flags. If driver
does not know event code, it aborts the request, returning error. Some
drivers may need to deal with special cases based on the actual type
of suspend operation being done at the system level. This is why
there are flags.
System devices like timers and CPUs may have special roles in the platform
power management scheme. For example, system timers using a "dynamic tick"
approach don't just save CPU cycles (by eliminating needless timer IRQs),
but they may also open the door to using lower power CPU "idle" states that
cost more than a jiffie to enter and exit. On x86 systems these are states
like "C3"; note that periodic DMA transfers from a USB host controller will
also prevent entry to a C3 state, much like a periodic timer IRQ.
Event codes are:
That kind of runtime mechanism interaction is common. "System On Chip" (SOC)
processors often have low power idle modes that can't be entered unless
certain medium-speed clocks (often 12 or 48 MHz) are gated off. When the
drivers gate those clocks effectively, then the system idle task may be able
to use the lower power idle modes and thereby increase battery life.
ON -- no need to do anything except special cases like broken
HW.
If the CPU can have a "cpufreq" driver, there also may be opportunities
to shift to lower voltage settings and reduce the power cost of executing
a given number of instructions. (Without voltage adjustment, it's rare
for cpufreq to save much power; the cost-per-instruction must go down.)
# NOTIFICATION -- pretty much same as ON?
FREEZE -- stop DMA and interrupts, and be prepared to reinit HW from
scratch. That probably means stop accepting upstream requests, the
actual policy of what to do with them being specific to a given
driver. It's acceptable for a network driver to just drop packets
while a block driver is expected to block the queue so no request is
lost. (Use IDE as an example on how to do that). FREEZE requires no
power state change, and it's expected for drivers to be able to
quickly transition back to operating state.
/sys/devices/.../power/state files
==================================
For now you can also test some of this functionality using sysfs.
SUSPEND -- like FREEZE, but also put hardware into low-power state. If
there's need to distinguish several levels of sleep, additional flag
is probably best way to do that.
DEPRECATED: USE "power/state" ONLY FOR DRIVER TESTING, AND
AVOID USING dev->power.power_state IN DRIVERS.
Transitions are only from a resumed state to a suspended state, never
between 2 suspended states. (ON -> FREEZE or ON -> SUSPEND can happen,
FREEZE -> SUSPEND or SUSPEND -> FREEZE can not).
THESE WILL BE REMOVED. IF THE "power/state" FILE GETS REPLACED,
IT WILL BECOME SOMETHING COUPLED TO THE BUS OR DRIVER.
All events are:
In each device's directory, there is a 'power' directory, which contains
at least a 'state' file. The value of this field is effectively boolean,
PM_EVENT_ON or PM_EVENT_SUSPEND.
[NOTE NOTE NOTE: If you are driver author, you should not care; you
should only look at event, and ignore flags.]
* Reading from this file displays a value corresponding to
the power.power_state.event field. All nonzero values are
displayed as "2", corresponding to a low power state; zero
is displayed as "0", corresponding to normal operation.
#Prepare for suspend -- userland is still running but we are going to
#enter suspend state. This gives drivers chance to load firmware from
#disk and store it in memory, or do other activities taht require
#operating userland, ability to kmalloc GFP_KERNEL, etc... All of these
#are forbiden once the suspend dance is started.. event = ON, flags =
#PREPARE_TO_SUSPEND
* Writing to this file initiates a transition using the
specified event code number; only '0', '2', and '3' are
accepted (without a newline); '2' and '3' are both
mapped to PM_EVENT_SUSPEND.
Apm standby -- prepare for APM event. Quiesce devices to make life
easier for APM BIOS. event = FREEZE, flags = APM_STANDBY
On writes, the PM core relies on that recorded event code and the device/bus
capabilities to determine whether it uses a partial suspend() or resume()
sequence to change things so that the recorded event corresponds to the
numeric parameter.
Apm suspend -- same as APM_STANDBY, but it we should probably avoid
spinning down disks. event = FREEZE, flags = APM_SUSPEND
- If the bus requires the irqs-disabled suspend_late()/resume_early()
phases, writes fail because those operations are not supported here.
System halt, reboot -- quiesce devices to make life easier for BIOS. event
= FREEZE, flags = SYSTEM_HALT or SYSTEM_REBOOT
- If the recorded value is the expected value, nothing is done.
System shutdown -- at least disks need to be spun down, or data may be
lost. Quiesce devices, just to make life easier for BIOS. event =
FREEZE, flags = SYSTEM_SHUTDOWN
- If the recorded value is nonzero, the device is partially resumed,
using the bus.resume() and/or class.resume() methods.
Kexec -- turn off DMAs and put hardware into some state where new
kernel can take over. event = FREEZE, flags = KEXEC
- If the target value is nonzero, the device is partially suspended,
using the class.suspend() and/or bus.suspend() methods and the
PM_EVENT_SUSPEND message.
Powerdown at end of swsusp -- very similar to SYSTEM_SHUTDOWN, except wake
may need to be enabled on some devices. This actually has at least 3
subtypes, system can reboot, enter S4 and enter S5 at the end of
swsusp. event = FREEZE, flags = SWSUSP and one of SYSTEM_REBOOT,
SYSTEM_SHUTDOWN, SYSTEM_S4
Suspend to ram -- put devices into low power state. event = SUSPEND,
flags = SUSPEND_TO_RAM
Freeze for swsusp snapshot -- stop DMA and interrupts. No need to put
devices into low power mode, but you must be able to reinitialize
device from scratch in resume method. This has two flavors, its done
once on suspending kernel, once on resuming kernel. event = FREEZE,
flags = DURING_SUSPEND or DURING_RESUME
Device detach requested from /sys -- deinitialize device; proably same as
SYSTEM_SHUTDOWN, I do not understand this one too much. probably event
= FREEZE, flags = DEV_DETACH.
#These are not really events sent:
#
#System fully on -- device is working normally; this is probably never
#passed to suspend() method... event = ON, flags = 0
#
#Ready after resume -- userland is now running, again. Time to free any
#memory you ate during prepare to suspend... event = ON, flags =
#READY_AFTER_RESUME
#
Drivers have no way to tell whether their suspend() and resume() calls
have come through the sysfs power/state file or as part of entering a
system sleep state, except that when accessed through sysfs the normal
parent/child sequencing rules are ignored. Drivers (such as bus, bridge,
or hub drivers) which expose child devices may need to enforce those rules
on their own.

15
Documentation/power/interface.txt
View File

@ -52,3 +52,18 @@ suspend image will be as small as possible.
Reading from this file will display the current image size limit, which
is set to 500 MB by default.
/sys/power/pm_trace controls the code which saves the last PM event point in
the RTC across reboots, so that you can debug a machine that just hangs
during suspend (or more commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only
used to save the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially it
contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a string representing a
nonzero integer into it.
To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend the machine, then
reboot it and run
dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS) clock to be
set to a random invalid time after a resume.

14
Documentation/rt-mutex-design.txt
View File

@ -333,11 +333,11 @@ cmpxchg is basically the following function performed atomically:
unsigned long _cmpxchg(unsigned long *A, unsigned long *B, unsigned long *C)
{
unsigned long T = *A;
if (*A == *B) {
*A = *C;
}
return T;
unsigned long T = *A;
if (*A == *B) {
*A = *C;
}
return T;
}
#define cmpxchg(a,b,c) _cmpxchg(&a,&b,&c)
@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ contention).
try_to_take_rt_mutex is used every time the task tries to grab a mutex in the
slow path. The first thing that is done here is an atomic setting of
the "Has Waiters" flag of the mutex's owner field. Yes, this could really
be false, because if the the mutex has no owner, there are no waiters and
be false, because if the mutex has no owner, there are no waiters and
the current task also won't have any waiters. But we don't have the lock
yet, so we assume we are going to be a waiter. The reason for this is to
play nice for those architectures that do have CMPXCHG. By setting this flag
@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ do have CMPXCHG, that check is done in the fast path, but it is still needed
in the slow path too. If a waiter of a mutex woke up because of a signal
or timeout between the time the owner failed the fast path CMPXCHG check and
the grabbing of the wait_lock, the mutex may not have any waiters, thus the
owner still needs to make this check. If there are no waiters than the mutex
owner still needs to make this check. If there are no waiters then the mutex
owner field is set to NULL, the wait_lock is released and nothing more is
needed.

56
Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.arcmsr Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
**************************************************************************
** History
**
** REV# DATE NAME DESCRIPTION
** 1.00.00.00 3/31/2004 Erich Chen First release
** 1.10.00.04 7/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for ioctl
** 1.10.00.06 8/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for 2.6.x
** 1.10.00.08 9/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for x86_64
** 1.10.00.10 10/10/2004 Erich Chen bug fix for SMP & ioctl
** 1.20.00.00 11/29/2004 Erich Chen bug fix with arcmsr_bus_reset when PHY error
** 1.20.00.02 12/09/2004 Erich Chen bug fix with over 2T bytes RAID Volume
** 1.20.00.04 1/09/2005 Erich Chen fits for Debian linux kernel version 2.2.xx
** 1.20.00.05 2/20/2005 Erich Chen cleanly as look like a Linux driver at 2.6.x
** thanks for peoples kindness comment
** Kornel Wieliczek
** Christoph Hellwig
** Adrian Bunk
** Andrew Morton
** Christoph Hellwig
** James Bottomley
** Arjan van de Ven
** 1.20.00.06 3/12/2005 Erich Chen fix with arcmsr_pci_unmap_dma "unsigned long" cast,
** modify PCCB POOL allocated by "dma_alloc_coherent"
** (Kornel Wieliczek's comment)
** 1.20.00.07 3/23/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with arcmsr_scsi_host_template_init
** occur segmentation fault,
** if RAID adapter does not on PCI slot
** and modprobe/rmmod this driver twice.
** bug fix enormous stack usage (Adrian Bunk's comment)
** 1.20.00.08 6/23/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with abort command,
** in case of heavy loading when sata cable
** working on low quality connection
** 1.20.00.09 9/12/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with abort command handling, firmware version check
** and firmware update notify for hardware bug fix
** 1.20.00.10 9/23/2005 Erich Chen enhance sysfs function for change driver's max tag Q number.
** add DMA_64BIT_MASK for backward compatible with all 2.6.x
** add some useful message for abort command
** add ioctl code 'ARCMSR_IOCTL_FLUSH_ADAPTER_CACHE'
** customer can send this command for sync raid volume data
** 1.20.00.11 9/29/2005 Erich Chen by comment of Arjan van de Ven fix incorrect msleep redefine
** cast off sizeof(dma_addr_t) condition for 64bit pci_set_dma_mask
** 1.20.00.12 9/30/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with 64bit platform's ccbs using if over 4G system memory
** change 64bit pci_set_consistent_dma_mask into 32bit
** increcct adapter count if adapter initialize fail.
** miss edit at arcmsr_build_ccb....
** psge += sizeof(struct _SG64ENTRY *) =>
** psge += sizeof(struct _SG64ENTRY)
** 64 bits sg entry would be incorrectly calculated
** thanks Kornel Wieliczek give me kindly notify
** and detail description
** 1.20.00.13 11/15/2005 Erich Chen scheduling pending ccb with FIFO
** change the architecture of arcmsr command queue list
** for linux standard list
** enable usage of pci message signal interrupt
** follow Randy.Danlup kindness suggestion cleanup this code
**************************************************************************

77
Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
View File

@ -11,38 +11,43 @@ the original).
Supported Cards/Chipsets
-------------------------
PCI ID (pci.ids) OEM Product
9005:0285:9005:028a Adaptec 2020ZCR (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028e Adaptec 2020SA (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028b Adaptec 2025ZCR (Terminator)
9005:0285:9005:028f Adaptec 2025SA (Terminator)
9005:0285:9005:0286 Adaptec 2120S (Crusader)
9005:0286:9005:028d Adaptec 2130S (Lancer)
9005:0285:9005:0285 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan)
9005:0285:9005:0287 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan-2m)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230S (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230SLP (Lancer)
9005:0285:9005:0296 Adaptec 2240S (SabreExpress)
9005:0285:9005:0290 Adaptec 2410SA (Jaguar)
9005:0285:9005:0293 Adaptec 21610SA (Corsair-16)
9005:0285:103c:3227 Adaptec 2610SA (Bearcat HP release)
9005:0285:9005:0292 Adaptec 2810SA (Corsair-8)
9005:0285:9005:0294 Adaptec Prowler
9005:0286:9005:029d Adaptec 2420SA (Intruder HP release)
9005:0286:9005:029c Adaptec 2620SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:029b Adaptec 2820SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:02a7 Adaptec 2830SA (Skyray)
9005:0286:9005:02a8 Adaptec 2430SA (Skyray)
9005:0285:9005:0288 Adaptec 3230S (Harrier)
9005:0285:9005:0289 Adaptec 3240S (Tornado)
9005:0285:9005:0298 Adaptec 4000SAS (BlackBird)
9005:0285:9005:0297 Adaptec 4005SAS (AvonPark)
9005:0285:9005:0299 Adaptec 4800SAS (Marauder-X)
9005:0285:9005:029a Adaptec 4805SAS (Marauder-E)
9005:0286:9005:02a2 Adaptec 3800SAS (Hurricane44)
1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
1011:0046:9005:0365 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
9005:0283:9005:0283 Adaptec Catapult (3210S with arc firmware)
9005:0284:9005:0284 Adaptec Tomcat (3410S with arc firmware)
9005:0285:9005:0285 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan)
9005:0285:9005:0286 Adaptec 2120S (Crusader)
9005:0285:9005:0287 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan-2m)
9005:0285:9005:0288 Adaptec 3230S (Harrier)
9005:0285:9005:0289 Adaptec 3240S (Tornado)
9005:0285:9005:028a Adaptec 2020ZCR (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028b Adaptec 2025ZCR (Terminator)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230S (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230SLP (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:028d Adaptec 2130S (Lancer)
9005:0285:9005:028e Adaptec 2020SA (Skyhawk)
9005:0285:9005:028f Adaptec 2025SA (Terminator)
9005:0285:9005:0290 Adaptec 2410SA (Jaguar)
9005:0285:103c:3227 Adaptec 2610SA (Bearcat HP release)
9005:0285:9005:0293 Adaptec 21610SA (Corsair-16)
9005:0285:9005:0296 Adaptec 2240S (SabreExpress)
9005:0285:9005:0292 Adaptec 2810SA (Corsair-8)
9005:0285:9005:0294 Adaptec Prowler
9005:0285:9005:0297 Adaptec 4005SAS (AvonPark)
9005:0285:9005:0298 Adaptec 4000SAS (BlackBird)
9005:0285:9005:0299 Adaptec 4800SAS (Marauder-X)
9005:0285:9005:029a Adaptec 4805SAS (Marauder-E)
9005:0286:9005:029b Adaptec 2820SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:029c Adaptec 2620SA (Intruder)
9005:0286:9005:029d Adaptec 2420SA (Intruder HP release)
9005:0286:9005:02a2 Adaptec 3800SAS (Hurricane44)
9005:0286:9005:02a7 Adaptec 3805SAS (Hurricane80)
9005:0286:9005:02a8 Adaptec 3400SAS (Hurricane40)
9005:0286:9005:02ac Adaptec 1800SAS (Typhoon44)
9005:0286:9005:02b3 Adaptec 2400SAS (Hurricane40lm)
9005:0285:9005:02b5 Adaptec ASR5800 (Voodoo44)
9005:0285:9005:02b6 Adaptec ASR5805 (Voodoo80)
9005:0285:9005:02b7 Adaptec ASR5808 (Voodoo08)
1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
1011:0046:9005:0365 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang)
9005:0287:9005:0800 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter)
9005:0200:9005:0200 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter)
9005:0286:9005:0800 Adaptec Callisto (Jupiter)
@ -64,18 +69,20 @@ Supported Cards/Chipsets
9005:0285:9005:0290 IBM ServeRAID 7t (Jaguar)
9005:0285:1014:02F2 IBM ServeRAID 8i (AvonPark)
9005:0285:1014:0312 IBM ServeRAID 8i (AvonParkLite)
9005:0286:1014:9580 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l8 (Aurora)
9005:0286:1014:9540 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l4 (AuroraLite)
9005:0286:9005:029f ICP ICP9014R0 (Lancer)
9005:0286:1014:9580 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l8 (Aurora)
9005:0286:1014:034d IBM ServeRAID 8s (Hurricane)
9005:0286:9005:029e ICP ICP9024R0 (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:029f ICP ICP9014R0 (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:02a0 ICP ICP9047MA (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:02a1 ICP ICP9087MA (Lancer)
9005:0286:9005:02a3 ICP ICP5445AU (Hurricane44)
9005:0286:9005:02a4 ICP ICP9085LI (Marauder-X)
9005:0286:9005:02a5 ICP ICP5085BR (Marauder-E)
9005:0286:9005:02a3 ICP ICP5445AU (Hurricane44)
9005:0286:9005:02a6 ICP ICP9067MA (Intruder-6)
9005:0286:9005:02a9 ICP ICP5087AU (Skyray)
9005:0286:9005:02aa ICP ICP5047AU (Skyray)
9005:0286:9005:02a9 ICP ICP5085AU (Hurricane80)
9005:0286:9005:02aa ICP ICP5045AU (Hurricane40)
9005:0286:9005:02b4 ICP ICP5045AL (Hurricane40lm)
People
-------------------------

574
Documentation/scsi/arcmsr_spec.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
*******************************************************************************
** ARECA FIRMWARE SPEC
*******************************************************************************
** Usage of IOP331 adapter
** (All In/Out is in IOP331's view)
** 1. Message 0 --> InitThread message and retrun code
** 2. Doorbell is used for RS-232 emulation
** inDoorBell : bit0 -- data in ready
** (DRIVER DATA WRITE OK)
** bit1 -- data out has been read
** (DRIVER DATA READ OK)
** outDooeBell: bit0 -- data out ready
** (IOP331 DATA WRITE OK)
** bit1 -- data in has been read
** (IOP331 DATA READ OK)
** 3. Index Memory Usage
** offset 0xf00 : for RS232 out (request buffer)
** offset 0xe00 : for RS232 in (scratch buffer)
** offset 0xa00 : for inbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (driver send to IOP331)
** offset 0xa00 : for outbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (IOP331 send to driver)
** 4. RS-232 emulation
** Currently 128 byte buffer is used
** 1st uint32_t : Data length (1--124)
** Byte 4--127 : Max 124 bytes of data
** 5. PostQ
** All SCSI Command must be sent through postQ:
** (inbound queue port) Request frame must be 32 bytes aligned
** #bit27--bit31 => flag for post ccb
** #bit0--bit26 => real address (bit27--bit31) of post arcmsr_cdb
** bit31 :
** 0 : 256 bytes frame
** 1 : 512 bytes frame
** bit30 :
** 0 : normal request
** 1 : BIOS request
** bit29 : reserved
** bit28 : reserved
** bit27 : reserved
** ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
** (outbount queue port) Request reply
** #bit27--bit31
** => flag for reply
** #bit0--bit26
** => real address (bit27--bit31) of reply arcmsr_cdb
** bit31 : must be 0 (for this type of reply)
** bit30 : reserved for BIOS handshake
** bit29 : reserved
** bit28 :
** 0 : no error, ignore AdapStatus/DevStatus/SenseData
** 1 : Error, error code in AdapStatus/DevStatus/SenseData
** bit27 : reserved
** 6. BIOS request
** All BIOS request is the same with request from PostQ
** Except :
** Request frame is sent from configuration space
** offset: 0x78 : Request Frame (bit30 == 1)
** offset: 0x18 : writeonly to generate
** IRQ to IOP331
** Completion of request:
** (bit30 == 0, bit28==err flag)
** 7. Definition of SGL entry (structure)
** 8. Message1 Out - Diag Status Code (????)
** 9. Message0 message code :
** 0x00 : NOP
** 0x01 : Get Config
** ->offset 0xa00 :for outbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (IOP331 send to driver)
** Signature 0x87974060(4)
** Request len 0x00000200(4)
** numbers of queue 0x00000100(4)
** SDRAM Size 0x00000100(4)-->256 MB
** IDE Channels 0x00000008(4)
** vendor 40 bytes char
** model 8 bytes char
** FirmVer 16 bytes char
** Device Map 16 bytes char
** FirmwareVersion DWORD <== Added for checking of
** new firmware capability
** 0x02 : Set Config
** ->offset 0xa00 :for inbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (driver send to IOP331)
** Signature 0x87974063(4)
** UPPER32 of Request Frame (4)-->Driver Only
** 0x03 : Reset (Abort all queued Command)
** 0x04 : Stop Background Activity
** 0x05 : Flush Cache
** 0x06 : Start Background Activity
** (re-start if background is halted)
** 0x07 : Check If Host Command Pending
** (Novell May Need This Function)
** 0x08 : Set controller time
** ->offset 0xa00 : for inbound message code message_rwbuffer
** (driver to IOP331)
** byte 0 : 0xaa <-- signature
** byte 1 : 0x55 <-- signature
** byte 2 : year (04)
** byte 3 : month (1..12)
** byte 4 : date (1..31)
** byte 5 : hour (0..23)
** byte 6 : minute (0..59)
** byte 7 : second (0..59)
*******************************************************************************
*******************************************************************************
** RS-232 Interface for Areca Raid Controller
** The low level command interface is exclusive with VT100 terminal
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** 1. Sequence of command execution
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** (A) Header : 3 bytes sequence (0x5E, 0x01, 0x61)
** (B) Command block : variable length of data including length,
** command code, data and checksum byte
** (C) Return data : variable length of data
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** 2. Command block
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** (A) 1st byte : command block length (low byte)
** (B) 2nd byte : command block length (high byte)
** note ..command block length shouldn't > 2040 bytes,
** length excludes these two bytes
** (C) 3rd byte : command code
** (D) 4th and following bytes : variable length data bytes
** depends on command code
** (E) last byte : checksum byte (sum of 1st byte until last data byte)
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** 3. Command code and associated data
** --------------------------------------------------------------------
** The following are command code defined in raid controller Command
** code 0x10--0x1? are used for system level management,
** no password checking is needed and should be implemented in separate
** well controlled utility and not for end user access.
** Command code 0x20--0x?? always check the password,
** password must be entered to enable these command.
** enum
** {
** GUI_SET_SERIAL=0x10,
** GUI_SET_VENDOR,
** GUI_SET_MODEL,
** GUI_IDENTIFY,
** GUI_CHECK_PASSWORD,
** GUI_LOGOUT,
** GUI_HTTP,
** GUI_SET_ETHERNET_ADDR,
** GUI_SET_LOGO,
** GUI_POLL_EVENT,
** GUI_GET_EVENT,
** GUI_GET_HW_MONITOR,
** // GUI_QUICK_CREATE=0x20, (function removed)
** GUI_GET_INFO_R=0x20,
** GUI_GET_INFO_V,
** GUI_GET_INFO_P,
** GUI_GET_INFO_S,
** GUI_CLEAR_EVENT,
** GUI_MUTE_BEEPER=0x30,
** GUI_BEEPER_SETTING,
** GUI_SET_PASSWORD,
** GUI_HOST_INTERFACE_MODE,
** GUI_REBUILD_PRIORITY,
** GUI_MAX_ATA_MODE,
** GUI_RESET_CONTROLLER,
** GUI_COM_PORT_SETTING,
** GUI_NO_OPERATION,
** GUI_DHCP_IP,
** GUI_CREATE_PASS_THROUGH=0x40,
** GUI_MODIFY_PASS_THROUGH,
** GUI_DELETE_PASS_THROUGH,
** GUI_IDENTIFY_DEVICE,
** GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET=0x50,
** GUI_DELETE_RAIDSET,
** GUI_EXPAND_RAIDSET,
** GUI_ACTIVATE_RAIDSET,
** GUI_CREATE_HOT_SPARE,
** GUI_DELETE_HOT_SPARE,
** GUI_CREATE_VOLUME=0x60,
** GUI_MODIFY_VOLUME,
** GUI_DELETE_VOLUME,
** GUI_START_CHECK_VOLUME,
** GUI_STOP_CHECK_VOLUME
** };
** Command description :
** GUI_SET_SERIAL : Set the controller serial#
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x10
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x0f)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcATecHnoLogY"
** byte 0x14--0x23 : Serial number string (must be 16 bytes)
** GUI_SET_VENDOR : Set vendor string for the controller
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x11
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr"
** byte 0x14--0x3B : vendor string (must be 40 bytes)
** GUI_SET_MODEL : Set the model name of the controller
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x12
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr"
** byte 0x14--0x1B : model string (must be 8 bytes)
** GUI_IDENTIFY : Identify device
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x13
** return "Areca RAID Subsystem "
** GUI_CHECK_PASSWORD : Verify password
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x14
** byte 3 : password length
** byte 4-0x?? : user password to be checked
** GUI_LOGOUT : Logout GUI (force password checking on next command)
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x15
** GUI_HTTP : HTTP interface (reserved for Http proxy service)(0x16)
**
** GUI_SET_ETHERNET_ADDR : Set the ethernet MAC address
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x17
** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08)
** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr"
** byte 0x14--0x19 : Ethernet MAC address (must be 6 bytes)
** GUI_SET_LOGO : Set logo in HTTP
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x18
** byte 3 : Page# (0/1/2/3) (0xff --> clear OEM logo)
** byte 4/5/6/7 : 0x55/0xaa/0xa5/0x5a
** byte 8 : TITLE.JPG data (each page must be 2000 bytes)
** note page0 1st 2 byte must be
** actual length of the JPG file
** GUI_POLL_EVENT : Poll If Event Log Changed
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x19
** GUI_GET_EVENT : Read Event
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x1a
** byte 3 : Event Page (0:1st page/1/2/3:last page)
** GUI_GET_HW_MONITOR : Get HW monitor data
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x1b
** byte 3 : # of FANs(example 2)
** byte 4 : # of Voltage sensor(example 3)
** byte 5 : # of temperature sensor(example 2)
** byte 6 : # of power
** byte 7/8 : Fan#0 (RPM)
** byte 9/10 : Fan#1
** byte 11/12 : Voltage#0 original value in *1000
** byte 13/14 : Voltage#0 value
** byte 15/16 : Voltage#1 org
** byte 17/18 : Voltage#1
** byte 19/20 : Voltage#2 org
** byte 21/22 : Voltage#2
** byte 23 : Temp#0
** byte 24 : Temp#1
** byte 25 : Power indicator (bit0 : power#0,
** bit1 : power#1)
** byte 26 : UPS indicator
** GUI_QUICK_CREATE : Quick create raid/volume set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x20
** byte 3/4/5/6 : raw capacity
** byte 7 : raid level
** byte 8 : stripe size
** byte 9 : spare
** byte 10/11/12/13: device mask (the devices to create raid/volume)
** This function is removed, application like
** to implement quick create function
** need to use GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET and GUI_CREATE_VOLUMESET function.
** GUI_GET_INFO_R : Get Raid Set Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x20
** byte 3 : raidset#
** typedef struct sGUI_RAIDSET
** {
** BYTE grsRaidSetName[16];
** DWORD grsCapacity;
** DWORD grsCapacityX;
** DWORD grsFailMask;
** BYTE grsDevArray[32];
** BYTE grsMemberDevices;
** BYTE grsNewMemberDevices;
** BYTE grsRaidState;
** BYTE grsVolumes;
** BYTE grsVolumeList[16];
** BYTE grsRes1;
** BYTE grsRes2;
** BYTE grsRes3;
** BYTE grsFreeSegments;
** DWORD grsRawStripes[8];
** DWORD grsRes4;
** DWORD grsRes5; // Total to 128 bytes
** DWORD grsRes6; // Total to 128 bytes
** } sGUI_RAIDSET, *pGUI_RAIDSET;
** GUI_GET_INFO_V : Get Volume Set Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x21
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** typedef struct sGUI_VOLUMESET
** {
** BYTE gvsVolumeName[16]; // 16
** DWORD gvsCapacity;
** DWORD gvsCapacityX;
** DWORD gvsFailMask;
** DWORD gvsStripeSize;
** DWORD gvsNewFailMask;
** DWORD gvsNewStripeSize;
** DWORD gvsVolumeStatus;
** DWORD gvsProgress; // 32
** sSCSI_ATTR gvsScsi;
** BYTE gvsMemberDisks;
** BYTE gvsRaidLevel; // 8
** BYTE gvsNewMemberDisks;
** BYTE gvsNewRaidLevel;
** BYTE gvsRaidSetNumber;
** BYTE gvsRes0; // 4
** BYTE gvsRes1[4]; // 64 bytes
** } sGUI_VOLUMESET, *pGUI_VOLUMESET;
** GUI_GET_INFO_P : Get Physical Drive Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x22
** byte 3 : drive # (from 0 to max-channels - 1)
** typedef struct sGUI_PHY_DRV
** {
** BYTE gpdModelName[40];
** BYTE gpdSerialNumber[20];
** BYTE gpdFirmRev[8];
** DWORD gpdCapacity;
** DWORD gpdCapacityX; // Reserved for expansion
** BYTE gpdDeviceState;
** BYTE gpdPioMode;
** BYTE gpdCurrentUdmaMode;
** BYTE gpdUdmaMode;
** BYTE gpdDriveSelect;
** BYTE gpdRaidNumber; // 0xff if not belongs to a raid set
** sSCSI_ATTR gpdScsi;
** BYTE gpdReserved[40]; // Total to 128 bytes
** } sGUI_PHY_DRV, *pGUI_PHY_DRV;
** GUI_GET_INFO_S : Get System Information
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x23
** typedef struct sCOM_ATTR
** {
** BYTE comBaudRate;
** BYTE comDataBits;
** BYTE comStopBits;
** BYTE comParity;
** BYTE comFlowControl;
** } sCOM_ATTR, *pCOM_ATTR;
** typedef struct sSYSTEM_INFO
** {
** BYTE gsiVendorName[40];
** BYTE gsiSerialNumber[16];
** BYTE gsiFirmVersion[16];
** BYTE gsiBootVersion[16];
** BYTE gsiMbVersion[16];
** BYTE gsiModelName[8];
** BYTE gsiLocalIp[4];
** BYTE gsiCurrentIp[4];
** DWORD gsiTimeTick;
** DWORD gsiCpuSpeed;
** DWORD gsiICache;
** DWORD gsiDCache;
** DWORD gsiScache;
** DWORD gsiMemorySize;
** DWORD gsiMemorySpeed;
** DWORD gsiEvents;
** BYTE gsiMacAddress[6];
** BYTE gsiDhcp;
** BYTE gsiBeeper;
** BYTE gsiChannelUsage;
** BYTE gsiMaxAtaMode;
** BYTE gsiSdramEcc; // 1:if ECC enabled
** BYTE gsiRebuildPriority;
** sCOM_ATTR gsiComA; // 5 bytes
** sCOM_ATTR gsiComB; // 5 bytes
** BYTE gsiIdeChannels;
** BYTE gsiScsiHostChannels;
** BYTE gsiIdeHostChannels;
** BYTE gsiMaxVolumeSet;
** BYTE gsiMaxRaidSet;
** BYTE gsiEtherPort; // 1:if ether net port supported
** BYTE gsiRaid6Engine; // 1:Raid6 engine supported
** BYTE gsiRes[75];
** } sSYSTEM_INFO, *pSYSTEM_INFO;
** GUI_CLEAR_EVENT : Clear System Event
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x24
** GUI_MUTE_BEEPER : Mute current beeper
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x30
** GUI_BEEPER_SETTING : Disable beeper
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x31
** byte 3 : 0->disable, 1->enable
** GUI_SET_PASSWORD : Change password
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x32
** byte 3 : pass word length ( must <= 15 )
** byte 4 : password (must be alpha-numerical)
** GUI_HOST_INTERFACE_MODE : Set host interface mode
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x33
** byte 3 : 0->Independent, 1->cluster
** GUI_REBUILD_PRIORITY : Set rebuild priority
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x34
** byte 3 : 0/1/2/3 (low->high)
** GUI_MAX_ATA_MODE : Set maximum ATA mode to be used
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x35
** byte 3 : 0/1/2/3 (133/100/66/33)
** GUI_RESET_CONTROLLER : Reset Controller
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x36
** *Response with VT100 screen (discard it)
** GUI_COM_PORT_SETTING : COM port setting
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x37
** byte 3 : 0->COMA (term port),
** 1->COMB (debug port)
** byte 4 : 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7
** (1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/38400/57600/115200)
** byte 5 : data bit
** (0:7 bit, 1:8 bit : must be 8 bit)
** byte 6 : stop bit (0:1, 1:2 stop bits)
** byte 7 : parity (0:none, 1:off, 2:even)
** byte 8 : flow control
** (0:none, 1:xon/xoff, 2:hardware => must use none)
** GUI_NO_OPERATION : No operation
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x38
** GUI_DHCP_IP : Set DHCP option and local IP address
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x39
** byte 3 : 0:dhcp disabled, 1:dhcp enabled
** byte 4/5/6/7 : IP address
** GUI_CREATE_PASS_THROUGH : Create pass through disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x40
** byte 3 : device #
** byte 4 : scsi channel (0/1)
** byte 5 : scsi id (0-->15)
** byte 6 : scsi lun (0-->7)
** byte 7 : tagged queue (1 : enabled)
** byte 8 : cache mode (1 : enabled)
** byte 9 : max speed (0/1/2/3/4,
** async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4, 33/66/100/133/150 for ide )
** GUI_MODIFY_PASS_THROUGH : Modify pass through disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x41
** byte 3 : device #
** byte 4 : scsi channel (0/1)
** byte 5 : scsi id (0-->15)
** byte 6 : scsi lun (0-->7)
** byte 7 : tagged queue (1 : enabled)
** byte 8 : cache mode (1 : enabled)
** byte 9 : max speed (0/1/2/3/4,
** async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4, 33/66/100/133/150 for ide )
** GUI_DELETE_PASS_THROUGH : Delete pass through disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x42
** byte 3 : device# to be deleted
** GUI_IDENTIFY_DEVICE : Identify Device
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x43
** byte 3 : Flash Method
** (0:flash selected, 1:flash not selected)
** byte 4/5/6/7 : IDE device mask to be flashed
** note .... no response data available
** GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET : Create Raid Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x50
** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask
** byte 7-22 : raidset name (if byte 7 == 0:use default)
** GUI_DELETE_RAIDSET : Delete Raid Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x51
** byte 3 : raidset#
** GUI_EXPAND_RAIDSET : Expand Raid Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x52
** byte 3 : raidset#
** byte 4/5/6/7 : device mask for expansion
** byte 8/9/10 : (8:0 no change, 1 change, 0xff:terminate,
** 9:new raid level,
** 10:new stripe size
** 0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K )
** byte 11/12/13 : repeat for each volume in the raidset
** GUI_ACTIVATE_RAIDSET : Activate incomplete raid set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x53
** byte 3 : raidset#
** GUI_CREATE_HOT_SPARE : Create hot spare disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x54
** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask for hot spare creation
** GUI_DELETE_HOT_SPARE : Delete hot spare disk
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x55
** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask for hot spare deletion
** GUI_CREATE_VOLUME : Create volume set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x60
** byte 3 : raidset#
** byte 4-19 : volume set name
** (if byte4 == 0, use default)
** byte 20-27 : volume capacity (blocks)
** byte 28 : raid level
** byte 29 : stripe size
** (0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K)
** byte 30 : channel
** byte 31 : ID
** byte 32 : LUN
** byte 33 : 1 enable tag
** byte 34 : 1 enable cache
** byte 35 : speed
** (0/1/2/3/4->async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4->33/66/100/133/150 for IDE )
** byte 36 : 1 to select quick init
**
** GUI_MODIFY_VOLUME : Modify volume Set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x61
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** byte 4-19 : new volume set name
** (if byte4 == 0, not change)
** byte 20-27 : new volume capacity (reserved)
** byte 28 : new raid level
** byte 29 : new stripe size
** (0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K)
** byte 30 : new channel
** byte 31 : new ID
** byte 32 : new LUN
** byte 33 : 1 enable tag
** byte 34 : 1 enable cache
** byte 35 : speed
** (0/1/2/3/4->async/20/40/80/160 for scsi)
** (0/1/2/3/4->33/66/100/133/150 for IDE )
** GUI_DELETE_VOLUME : Delete volume set
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x62
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** GUI_START_CHECK_VOLUME : Start volume consistency check
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x63
** byte 3 : volumeset#
** GUI_STOP_CHECK_VOLUME : Stop volume consistency check
** byte 0,1 : length
** byte 2 : command code 0x64
** ---------------------------------------------------------------------
** 4. Returned data
** ---------------------------------------------------------------------
** (A) Header : 3 bytes sequence (0x5E, 0x01, 0x61)
** (B) Length : 2 bytes
** (low byte 1st, excludes length and checksum byte)
** (C) status or data :
** <1> If length == 1 ==> 1 byte status code
** #define GUI_OK 0x41
** #define GUI_RAIDSET_NOT_NORMAL 0x42
** #define GUI_VOLUMESET_NOT_NORMAL 0x43
** #define GUI_NO_RAIDSET 0x44
** #define GUI_NO_VOLUMESET 0x45
** #define GUI_NO_PHYSICAL_DRIVE 0x46
** #define GUI_PARAMETER_ERROR 0x47
** #define GUI_UNSUPPORTED_COMMAND 0x48
** #define GUI_DISK_CONFIG_CHANGED 0x49
** #define GUI_INVALID_PASSWORD 0x4a
** #define GUI_NO_DISK_SPACE 0x4b
** #define GUI_CHECKSUM_ERROR 0x4c
** #define GUI_PASSWORD_REQUIRED 0x4d
** <2> If length > 1 ==>
** data block returned from controller
** and the contents depends on the command code
** (E) Checksum : checksum of length and status or data byte
**************************************************************************

484
Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
SAS Layer
---------
The SAS Layer is a management infrastructure which manages
SAS LLDDs. It sits between SCSI Core and SAS LLDDs. The
layout is as follows: while SCSI Core is concerned with
SAM/SPC issues, and a SAS LLDD+sequencer is concerned with
phy/OOB/link management, the SAS layer is concerned with:
* SAS Phy/Port/HA event management (LLDD generates,
SAS Layer processes),
* SAS Port management (creation/destruction),
* SAS Domain discovery and revalidation,
* SAS Domain device management,
* SCSI Host registration/unregistration,
* Device registration with SCSI Core (SAS) or libata
(SATA), and
* Expander management and exporting expander control
to user space.
A SAS LLDD is a PCI device driver. It is concerned with
phy/OOB management, and vendor specific tasks and generates
events to the SAS layer.
The SAS Layer does most SAS tasks as outlined in the SAS 1.1
spec.
The sas_ha_struct describes the SAS LLDD to the SAS layer.
Most of it is used by the SAS Layer but a few fields need to
be initialized by the LLDDs.
After initializing your hardware, from the probe() function
you call sas_register_ha(). It will register your LLDD with
the SCSI subsystem, creating a SCSI host and it will
register your SAS driver with the sysfs SAS tree it creates.
It will then return. Then you enable your phys to actually
start OOB (at which point your driver will start calling the
notify_* event callbacks).
Structure descriptions:
struct sas_phy --------------------
Normally this is statically embedded to your driver's
phy structure:
struct my_phy {
blah;
struct sas_phy sas_phy;
bleh;
};
And then all the phys are an array of my_phy in your HA
struct (shown below).
Then as you go along and initialize your phys you also
initialize the sas_phy struct, along with your own
phy structure.
In general, the phys are managed by the LLDD and the ports
are managed by the SAS layer. So the phys are initialized
and updated by the LLDD and the ports are initialized and
updated by the SAS layer.
There is a scheme where the LLDD can RW certain fields,
and the SAS layer can only read such ones, and vice versa.
The idea is to avoid unnecessary locking.
enabled -- must be set (0/1)
id -- must be set [0,MAX_PHYS)
class, proto, type, role, oob_mode, linkrate -- must be set
oob_mode -- you set this when OOB has finished and then notify
the SAS Layer.
sas_addr -- this normally points to an array holding the sas
address of the phy, possibly somewhere in your my_phy
struct.
attached_sas_addr -- set this when you (LLDD) receive an
IDENTIFY frame or a FIS frame, _before_ notifying the SAS
layer. The idea is that sometimes the LLDD may want to fake
or provide a different SAS address on that phy/port and this
allows it to do this. At best you should copy the sas
address from the IDENTIFY frame or maybe generate a SAS
address for SATA directly attached devices. The Discover
process may later change this.
frame_rcvd -- this is where you copy the IDENTIFY/FIS frame
when you get it; you lock, copy, set frame_rcvd_size and
unlock the lock, and then call the event. It is a pointer
since there's no way to know your hw frame size _exactly_,
so you define the actual array in your phy struct and let
this pointer point to it. You copy the frame from your
DMAable memory to that area holding the lock.
sas_prim -- this is where primitives go when they're
received. See sas.h. Grab the lock, set the primitive,
release the lock, notify.
port -- this points to the sas_port if the phy belongs
to a port -- the LLDD only reads this. It points to the
sas_port this phy is part of. Set by the SAS Layer.
ha -- may be set; the SAS layer sets it anyway.
lldd_phy -- you should set this to point to your phy so you
can find your way around faster when the SAS layer calls one
of your callbacks and passes you a phy. If the sas_phy is
embedded you can also use container_of -- whatever you
prefer.
struct sas_port --------------------
The LLDD doesn't set any fields of this struct -- it only
reads them. They should be self explanatory.
phy_mask is 32 bit, this should be enough for now, as I
haven't heard of a HA having more than 8 phys.
lldd_port -- I haven't found use for that -- maybe other
LLDD who wish to have internal port representation can make
use of this.
struct sas_ha_struct --------------------
It normally is statically declared in your own LLDD
structure describing your adapter:
struct my_sas_ha {
blah;
struct sas_ha_struct sas_ha;
struct my_phy phys[MAX_PHYS];
struct sas_port sas_ports[MAX_PHYS]; /* (1) */
bleh;
};
(1) If your LLDD doesn't have its own port representation.
What needs to be initialized (sample function given below).
pcidev
sas_addr -- since the SAS layer doesn't want to mess with
memory allocation, etc, this points to statically
allocated array somewhere (say in your host adapter
structure) and holds the SAS address of the host
adapter as given by you or the manufacturer, etc.
sas_port
sas_phy -- an array of pointers to structures. (see
note above on sas_addr).
These must be set. See more notes below.
num_phys -- the number of phys present in the sas_phy array,
and the number of ports present in the sas_port
array. There can be a maximum num_phys ports (one per
port) so we drop the num_ports, and only use
num_phys.
The event interface:
/* LLDD calls these to notify the class of an event. */
void (*notify_ha_event)(struct sas_ha_struct *, enum ha_event);
void (*notify_port_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum port_event);
void (*notify_phy_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_event);
When sas_register_ha() returns, those are set and can be
called by the LLDD to notify the SAS layer of such events
the SAS layer.
The port notification:
/* The class calls these to notify the LLDD of an event. */
void (*lldd_port_formed)(struct sas_phy *);
void (*lldd_port_deformed)(struct sas_phy *);
If the LLDD wants notification when a port has been formed
or deformed it sets those to a function satisfying the type.
A SAS LLDD should also implement at least one of the Task
Management Functions (TMFs) described in SAM:
/* Task Management Functions. Must be called from process context. */
int (*lldd_abort_task)(struct sas_task *);
int (*lldd_abort_task_set)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_clear_aca)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_clear_task_set)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_I_T_nexus_reset)(struct domain_device *);
int (*lldd_lu_reset)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun);
int (*lldd_query_task)(struct sas_task *);
For more information please read SAM from T10.org.
Port and Adapter management:
/* Port and Adapter management */
int (*lldd_clear_nexus_port)(struct sas_port *);
int (*lldd_clear_nexus_ha)(struct sas_ha_struct *);
A SAS LLDD should implement at least one of those.
Phy management:
/* Phy management */
int (*lldd_control_phy)(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_func);
lldd_ha -- set this to point to your HA struct. You can also
use container_of if you embedded it as shown above.
A sample initialization and registration function
can look like this (called last thing from probe())
*but* before you enable the phys to do OOB:
static int register_sas_ha(struct my_sas_ha *my_ha)
{
int i;
static struct sas_phy *sas_phys[MAX_PHYS];
static struct sas_port *sas_ports[MAX_PHYS];
my_ha->sas_ha.sas_addr = &my_ha->sas_addr[0];
for (i = 0; i < MAX_PHYS; i++) {
sas_phys[i] = &my_ha->phys[i].sas_phy;
sas_ports[i] = &my_ha->sas_ports[i];
}
my_ha->sas_ha.sas_phy = sas_phys;
my_ha->sas_ha.sas_port = sas_ports;
my_ha->sas_ha.num_phys = MAX_PHYS;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_port_formed = my_port_formed;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_dev_found = my_dev_found;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_dev_gone = my_dev_gone;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_max_execute_num = lldd_max_execute_num; (1)
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_queue_size = ha_can_queue;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_execute_task = my_execute_task;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_abort_task = my_abort_task;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_abort_task_set = my_abort_task_set;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_aca = my_clear_aca;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_task_set = my_clear_task_set;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_I_T_nexus_reset= NULL; (2)
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_lu_reset = my_lu_reset;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_query_task = my_query_task;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_nexus_port = my_clear_nexus_port;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_nexus_ha = my_clear_nexus_ha;
my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_control_phy = my_control_phy;
return sas_register_ha(&my_ha->sas_ha);
}
(1) This is normally a LLDD parameter, something of the
lines of a task collector. What it tells the SAS Layer is
whether the SAS layer should run in Direct Mode (default:
value 0 or 1) or Task Collector Mode (value greater than 1).
In Direct Mode, the SAS Layer calls Execute Task as soon as
it has a command to send to the SDS, _and_ this is a single
command, i.e. not linked.
Some hardware (e.g. aic94xx) has the capability to DMA more
than one task at a time (interrupt) from host memory. Task
Collector Mode is an optional feature for HAs which support
this in their hardware. (Again, it is completely optional
even if your hardware supports it.)
In Task Collector Mode, the SAS Layer would do _natural_
coalescing of tasks and at the appropriate moment it would
call your driver to DMA more than one task in a single HA
interrupt. DMBS may want to use this by insmod/modprobe
setting the lldd_max_execute_num to something greater than
1.
(2) SAS 1.1 does not define I_T Nexus Reset TMF.
Events
------
Events are _the only way_ a SAS LLDD notifies the SAS layer
of anything. There is no other method or way a LLDD to tell
the SAS layer of anything happening internally or in the SAS
domain.
Phy events:
PHYE_LOSS_OF_SIGNAL, (C)
PHYE_OOB_DONE,
PHYE_OOB_ERROR, (C)
PHYE_SPINUP_HOLD.
Port events, passed on a _phy_:
PORTE_BYTES_DMAED, (M)
PORTE_BROADCAST_RCVD, (E)
PORTE_LINK_RESET_ERR, (C)
PORTE_TIMER_EVENT, (C)
PORTE_HARD_RESET.
Host Adapter event:
HAE_RESET
A SAS LLDD should be able to generate
- at least one event from group C (choice),
- events marked M (mandatory) are mandatory (only one),
- events marked E (expander) if it wants the SAS layer
to handle domain revalidation (only one such).
- Unmarked events are optional.
Meaning:
HAE_RESET -- when your HA got internal error and was reset.
PORTE_BYTES_DMAED -- on receiving an IDENTIFY/FIS frame
PORTE_BROADCAST_RCVD -- on receiving a primitive
PORTE_LINK_RESET_ERR -- timer expired, loss of signal, loss
of DWS, etc. (*)
PORTE_TIMER_EVENT -- DWS reset timeout timer expired (*)
PORTE_HARD_RESET -- Hard Reset primitive received.
PHYE_LOSS_OF_SIGNAL -- the device is gone (*)
PHYE_OOB_DONE -- OOB went fine and oob_mode is valid
PHYE_OOB_ERROR -- Error while doing OOB, the device probably
got disconnected. (*)
PHYE_SPINUP_HOLD -- SATA is present, COMWAKE not sent.
(*) should set/clear the appropriate fields in the phy,
or alternatively call the inlined sas_phy_disconnected()
which is just a helper, from their tasklet.
The Execute Command SCSI RPC:
int (*lldd_execute_task)(struct sas_task *, int num,
unsigned long gfp_flags);
Used to queue a task to the SAS LLDD. @task is the tasks to
be executed. @num should be the number of tasks being
queued at this function call (they are linked listed via
task::list), @gfp_mask should be the gfp_mask defining the
context of the caller.
This function should implement the Execute Command SCSI RPC,
or if you're sending a SCSI Task as linked commands, you
should also use this function.
That is, when lldd_execute_task() is called, the command(s)
go out on the transport *immediately*. There is *no*
queuing of any sort and at any level in a SAS LLDD.
The use of task::list is two-fold, one for linked commands,
the other discussed below.
It is possible to queue up more than one task at a time, by
initializing the list element of struct sas_task, and
passing the number of tasks enlisted in this manner in num.
Returns: -SAS_QUEUE_FULL, -ENOMEM, nothing was queued;
0, the task(s) were queued.
If you want to pass num > 1, then either
A) you're the only caller of this function and keep track
of what you've queued to the LLDD, or
B) you know what you're doing and have a strategy of
retrying.
As opposed to queuing one task at a time (function call),
batch queuing of tasks, by having num > 1, greatly
simplifies LLDD code, sequencer code, and _hardware design_,
and has some performance advantages in certain situations
(DBMS).
The LLDD advertises if it can take more than one command at
a time at lldd_execute_task(), by setting the
lldd_max_execute_num parameter (controlled by "collector"
module parameter in aic94xx SAS LLDD).
You should leave this to the default 1, unless you know what
you're doing.
This is a function of the LLDD, to which the SAS layer can
cater to.
int lldd_queue_size
The host adapter's queue size. This is the maximum
number of commands the lldd can have pending to domain
devices on behalf of all upper layers submitting through
lldd_execute_task().
You really want to set this to something (much) larger than
1.
This _really_ has absolutely nothing to do with queuing.
There is no queuing in SAS LLDDs.
struct sas_task {
dev -- the device this task is destined to
list -- must be initialized (INIT_LIST_HEAD)
task_proto -- _one_ of enum sas_proto
scatter -- pointer to scatter gather list array
num_scatter -- number of elements in scatter
total_xfer_len -- total number of bytes expected to be transfered
data_dir -- PCI_DMA_...
task_done -- callback when the task has finished execution
};
When an external entity, entity other than the LLDD or the
SAS Layer, wants to work with a struct domain_device, it
_must_ call kobject_get() when getting a handle on the
device and kobject_put() when it is done with the device.
This does two things:
A) implements proper kfree() for the device;
B) increments/decrements the kref for all players:
domain_device
all domain_device's ... (if past an expander)
port
host adapter
pci device
and up the ladder, etc.
DISCOVERY
---------
The sysfs tree has the following purposes:
a) It shows you the physical layout of the SAS domain at
the current time, i.e. how the domain looks in the
physical world right now.
b) Shows some device parameters _at_discovery_time_.
This is a link to the tree(1) program, very useful in
viewing the SAS domain:
ftp://mama.indstate.edu/linux/tree/
I expect user space applications to actually create a
graphical interface of this.
That is, the sysfs domain tree doesn't show or keep state if
you e.g., change the meaning of the READY LED MEANING
setting, but it does show you the current connection status
of the domain device.
Keeping internal device state changes is responsibility of
upper layers (Command set drivers) and user space.
When a device or devices are unplugged from the domain, this
is reflected in the sysfs tree immediately, and the device(s)
removed from the system.
The structure domain_device describes any device in the SAS
domain. It is completely managed by the SAS layer. A task
points to a domain device, this is how the SAS LLDD knows
where to send the task(s) to. A SAS LLDD only reads the
contents of the domain_device structure, but it never creates
or destroys one.
Expander management from User Space
-----------------------------------
In each expander directory in sysfs, there is a file called
"smp_portal". It is a binary sysfs attribute file, which
implements an SMP portal (Note: this is *NOT* an SMP port),
to which user space applications can send SMP requests and
receive SMP responses.
Functionality is deceptively simple:
1. Build the SMP frame you want to send. The format and layout
is described in the SAS spec. Leave the CRC field equal 0.
open(2)
2. Open the expander's SMP portal sysfs file in RW mode.
write(2)
3. Write the frame you built in 1.
read(2)
4. Read the amount of data you expect to receive for the frame you built.
If you receive different amount of data you expected to receive,
then there was some kind of error.
close(2)
All this process is shown in detail in the function do_smp_func()
and its callers, in the file "expander_conf.c".
The kernel functionality is implemented in the file
"sas_expander.c".
The program "expander_conf.c" implements this. It takes one
argument, the sysfs file name of the SMP portal to the
expander, and gives expander information, including routing
tables.
The SMP portal gives you complete control of the expander,
so please be careful.

97
Documentation/seclvl.txt
View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
BSD Secure Levels Linux Security Module
Michael A. Halcrow <mike@halcrow.us>
Introduction
Under the BSD Secure Levels security model, sets of policies are
associated with levels. Levels range from -1 to 2, with -1 being the
weakest and 2 being the strongest. These security policies are
enforced at the kernel level, so not even the superuser is able to
disable or circumvent them. This hardens the machine against attackers
who gain root access to the system.
Levels and Policies
Level -1 (Permanently Insecure):
- Cannot increase the secure level
Level 0 (Insecure):
- Cannot ptrace the init process
Level 1 (Default):
- /dev/mem and /dev/kmem are read-only
- IMMUTABLE and APPEND extended attributes, if set, may not be unset
- Cannot load or unload kernel modules
- Cannot write directly to a mounted block device
- Cannot perform raw I/O operations
- Cannot perform network administrative tasks
- Cannot setuid any file
Level 2 (Secure):
- Cannot decrement the system time
- Cannot write to any block device, whether mounted or not
- Cannot unmount any mounted filesystems
Compilation
To compile the BSD Secure Levels LSM, seclvl.ko, enable the
SECURITY_SECLVL configuration option. This is found under Security
options -> BSD Secure Levels in the kernel configuration menu.
Basic Usage
Once the machine is in a running state, with all the necessary modules
loaded and all the filesystems mounted, you can load the seclvl.ko
module:
# insmod seclvl.ko
The module defaults to secure level 1, except when compiled directly
into the kernel, in which case it defaults to secure level 0. To raise
the secure level to 2, the administrator writes ``2'' to the
seclvl/seclvl file under the sysfs mount point (assumed to be /sys in
these examples):
# echo -n "2" > /sys/seclvl/seclvl
Alternatively, you can initialize the module at secure level 2 with
the initlvl module parameter:
# insmod seclvl.ko initlvl=2
At this point, it is impossible to remove the module or reduce the
secure level. If the administrator wishes to have the option of doing
so, he must provide a module parameter, sha1_passwd, that specifies
the SHA1 hash of the password that can be used to reduce the secure
level to 0.
To generate this SHA1 hash, the administrator can use OpenSSL:
# echo -n "boogabooga" | openssl sha1
abeda4e0f33defa51741217592bf595efb8d289c
In order to use password-instigated secure level reduction, the SHA1
crypto module must be loaded or compiled into the kernel:
# insmod sha1.ko
The administrator can then insmod the seclvl module, including the
SHA1 hash of the password:
# insmod seclvl.ko
sha1_passwd=abeda4e0f33defa51741217592bf595efb8d289c
To reduce the secure level, write the password to seclvl/passwd under
your sysfs mount point:
# echo -n "boogabooga" > /sys/seclvl/passwd
The September 2004 edition of Sys Admin Magazine has an article about
the BSD Secure Levels LSM. I encourage you to refer to that article
for a more in-depth treatment of this security module:
http://www.samag.com/documents/s=9304/sam0409a/0409a.htm

110
Documentation/sh/new-machine.txt
View File

@ -41,11 +41,6 @@ Board-specific code:
|
.. more boards here ...
It should also be noted that each board is required to have some certain
headers. At the time of this writing, io.h is the only thing that needs
to be provided for each board, and can generally just reference generic
functions (with the exception of isa_port2addr).
Next, for companion chips:
.
`-- arch
@ -104,12 +99,13 @@ and then populate that with sub-directories for each member of the family.
Both the Solution Engine and the hp6xx boards are an example of this.
After you have setup your new arch/sh/boards/ directory, remember that you
also must add a directory in include/asm-sh for headers localized to this
board. In order to interoperate seamlessly with the build system, it's best
to have this directory the same as the arch/sh/boards/ directory name,
though if your board is again part of a family, the build system has ways
of dealing with this, and you can feel free to name the directory after
the family member itself.
should also add a directory in include/asm-sh for headers localized to this
board (if there are going to be more than one). In order to interoperate
seamlessly with the build system, it's best to have this directory the same
as the arch/sh/boards/ directory name, though if your board is again part of
a family, the build system has ways of dealing with this (via incdir-y
overloading), and you can feel free to name the directory after the family
member itself.
There are a few things that each board is required to have, both in the
arch/sh/boards and the include/asm-sh/ heirarchy. In order to better
@ -122,6 +118,7 @@ might look something like:
* arch/sh/boards/vapor/setup.c - Setup code for imaginary board
*/
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <asm/rtc.h> /* for board_time_init() */
const char *get_system_type(void)
{
@ -152,79 +149,57 @@ int __init platform_setup(void)
}
Our new imaginary board will also have to tie into the machvec in order for it
to be of any use. Currently the machvec is slowly on its way out, but is still
required for the time being. As such, let us take a look at what needs to be
done for the machvec assignment.
to be of any use.
machvec functions fall into a number of categories:
- I/O functions to IO memory (inb etc) and PCI/main memory (readb etc).
- I/O remapping functions (ioremap etc)
- some initialisation functions
- a 'heartbeat' function
- some miscellaneous flags
- I/O mapping functions (ioport_map, ioport_unmap, etc).
- a 'heartbeat' function.
- PCI and IRQ initialization routines.
- Consistent allocators (for boards that need special allocators,
particularly for allocating out of some board-specific SRAM for DMA
handles).
The tree can be built in two ways:
- as a fully generic build. All drivers are linked in, and all functions
go through the machvec
- as a machine specific build. In this case only the required drivers
will be linked in, and some macros may be redefined to not go through
the machvec where performance is important (in particular IO functions).
There are machvec functions added and removed over time, so always be sure to
consult include/asm-sh/machvec.h for the current state of the machvec.
There are three ways in which IO can be performed:
- none at all. This is really only useful for the 'unknown' machine type,
which us designed to run on a machine about which we know nothing, and
so all all IO instructions do nothing.
- fully custom. In this case all IO functions go to a machine specific
set of functions which can do what they like
- a generic set of functions. These will cope with most situations,
and rely on a single function, mv_port2addr, which is called through the
machine vector, and converts an IO address into a memory address, which
can be read from/written to directly.
The kernel will automatically wrap in generic routines for undefined function
pointers in the machvec at boot time, as machvec functions are referenced
unconditionally throughout most of the tree. Some boards have incredibly
sparse machvecs (such as the dreamcast and sh03), whereas others must define
virtually everything (rts7751r2d).
Thus adding a new machine involves the following steps (I will assume I am
adding a machine called vapor):
Adding a new machine is relatively trivial (using vapor as an example):
- add a new file include/asm-sh/vapor/io.h which contains prototypes for
If the board-specific definitions are quite minimalistic, as is the case for
the vast majority of boards, simply having a single board-specific header is
sufficient.
- add a new file include/asm-sh/vapor.h which contains prototypes for
any machine specific IO functions prefixed with the machine name, for
example vapor_inb. These will be needed when filling out the machine
vector.
This is the minimum that is required, however there are ample
opportunities to optimise this. In particular, by making the prototypes
inline function definitions, it is possible to inline the function when
building machine specific versions. Note that the machine vector
functions will still be needed, so that a module built for a generic
setup can be loaded.
Note that these prototypes are generated automatically by setting
__IO_PREFIX to something sensible. A typical example would be:
- add a new file arch/sh/boards/vapor/mach.c. This contains the definition
of the machine vector. When building the machine specific version, this
will be the real machine vector (via an alias), while in the generic
version is used to initialise the machine vector, and then freed, by
making it initdata. This should be defined as:
#define __IO_PREFIX vapor
#include <asm/io_generic.h>
struct sh_machine_vector mv_vapor __initmv = {
.mv_name = "vapor",
}
ALIAS_MV(vapor)
somewhere in the board-specific header. Any boards being ported that still
have a legacy io.h should remove it entirely and switch to the new model.
- finally add a file arch/sh/boards/vapor/io.c, which contains
definitions of the machine specific io functions.
- Add machine vector definitions to the board's setup.c. At a bare minimum,
this must be defined as something like:
A note about initialisation functions. Three initialisation functions are
provided in the machine vector:
- mv_arch_init - called very early on from setup_arch
- mv_init_irq - called from init_IRQ, after the generic SH interrupt
initialisation
- mv_init_pci - currently not used
struct sh_machine_vector mv_vapor __initmv = {
.mv_name = "vapor",
};
ALIAS_MV(vapor)
Any other remaining functions which need to be called at start up can be
added to the list using the __initcalls macro (or module_init if the code
can be built as a module). Many generic drivers probe to see if the device
they are targeting is present, however this may not always be appropriate,
so a flag can be added to the machine vector which will be set on those
machines which have the hardware in question, reducing the probe to a
single conditional.
- finally add a file arch/sh/boards/vapor/io.c, which contains definitions of
the machine specific io functions (if there are enough to warrant it).
3. Hooking into the Build System
================================
@ -303,4 +278,3 @@ which will in turn copy the defconfig for this board, run it through
oldconfig (prompting you for any new options since the time of creation),
and start you on your way to having a functional kernel for your new
board.

33
Documentation/sh/register-banks.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
Notes on register bank usage in the kernel
==========================================
Introduction
------------
The SH-3 and SH-4 CPU families traditionally include a single partial register
bank (selected by SR.RB, only r0 ... r7 are banked), whereas other families
may have more full-featured banking or simply no such capabilities at all.
SR.RB banking
-------------
In the case of this type of banking, banked registers are mapped directly to
r0 ... r7 if SR.RB is set to the bank we are interested in, otherwise ldc/stc
can still be used to reference the banked registers (as r0_bank ... r7_bank)
when in the context of another bank. The developer must keep the SR.RB value
in mind when writing code that utilizes these banked registers, for obvious
reasons. Userspace is also not able to poke at the bank1 values, so these can
be used rather effectively as scratch registers by the kernel.
Presently the kernel uses several of these registers.
- r0_bank, r1_bank (referenced as k0 and k1, used for scratch
registers when doing exception handling).
- r2_bank (used to track the EXPEVT/INTEVT code)
- Used by do_IRQ() and friends for doing irq mapping based off
of the interrupt exception vector jump table offset
- r6_bank (global interrupt mask)
- The SR.IMASK interrupt handler makes use of this to set the
interrupt priority level (used by local_irq_enable())
- r7_bank (current)

44
Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
View File

@ -758,6 +758,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = none, 2 = POSBUF, 3 = FIFO size)
single_cmd - Use single immediate commands to communicate with
codecs (for debugging only)
disable_msi - Disable Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI)
This module supports one card and autoprobe.
@ -778,11 +779,16 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
6stack-digout 6-jack with a SPDIF out
w810 3-jack
z71v 3-jack (HP shared SPDIF)
asus 3-jack
asus 3-jack (ASUS Mobo)
asus-w1v ASUS W1V
asus-dig ASUS with SPDIF out
asus-dig2 ASUS with SPDIF out (using GPIO2)
uniwill 3-jack
F1734 2-jack
lg LG laptop (m1 express dual)
lg-lw LG LW20 laptop
lg-lw LG LW20/LW25 laptop
tcl TCL S700
clevo Clevo laptops (m520G, m665n)
test for testing/debugging purpose, almost all controls can be
adjusted. Appearing only when compiled with
$CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y
@ -790,6 +796,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
ALC260
hp HP machines
hp-3013 HP machines (3013-variant)
fujitsu Fujitsu S7020
acer Acer TravelMate
basic fixed pin assignment (old default model)
@ -797,24 +804,32 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
ALC262
fujitsu Fujitsu Laptop
hp-bpc HP xw4400/6400/8400/9400 laptops
benq Benq ED8
basic fixed pin assignment w/o SPDIF
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
ALC882/885
3stack-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O
6stck-dig 6-jack digital with SPDIF I/O
arima Arima W820Di1
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
ALC883/888
3stack-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig 6-jack digital with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig-demo 6-stack digital for Intel demo board
3stack-6ch 3-jack 6-channel
3stack-6ch-dig 3-jack 6-channel with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig-demo 6-jack digital for Intel demo board
acer Acer laptops (Travelmate 3012WTMi, Aspire 5600, etc)
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
ALC861/660
3stack 3-jack
3stack-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O
6stack-dig 6-jack with SPDIF I/O
3stack-660 3-jack (for ALC660)
uniwill-m31 Uniwill M31 laptop
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
CMI9880
@ -843,10 +858,21 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
3stack-dig ditto with SPDIF
laptop 3-jack with hp-jack automute
laptop-dig ditto with SPDIF
auto auto-confgi reading BIOS (default)
auto auto-config reading BIOS (default)
STAC7661(?)
STAC9200/9205/9220/9221/9254
ref Reference board
3stack D945 3stack
5stack D945 5stack + SPDIF
STAC9227/9228/9229/927x
ref Reference board
3stack D965 3stack
5stack D965 5stack + SPDIF
STAC9872
vaio Setup for VAIO FE550G/SZ110
vaio-ar Setup for VAIO AR
If the default configuration doesn't work and one of the above
matches with your device, report it together with the PCI
@ -1213,6 +1239,14 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
Module supports only 1 card. This module has no enable option.
Module snd-mts64
----------------
Module for Ego Systems (ESI) Miditerminal 4140
This module supports multiple devices.
Requires parport (CONFIG_PARPORT).
Module snd-nm256
----------------

5
Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
View File

@ -1054,9 +1054,8 @@
<para>
For a device which allows hotplugging, you can use
<function>snd_card_free_in_thread</function>. This one will
postpone the destruction and wait in a kernel-thread until all
devices are closed.
<function>snd_card_free_when_closed</function>. This one will
postpone the destruction until all devices are closed.
</para>
</section>

8
Documentation/sparse.txt
View File

@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ recompiled, or use "make C=2" to run sparse on the files whether they need to
be recompiled or not. The latter is a fast way to check the whole tree if you
have already built it.
The optional make variable CF can be used to pass arguments to sparse. The
build system passes -Wbitwise to sparse automatically. To perform endianness
checks, you may define __CHECK_ENDIAN__:
The optional make variable CHECKFLAGS can be used to pass arguments to sparse.
The build system passes -Wbitwise to sparse automatically. To perform
endianness checks, you may define __CHECK_ENDIAN__:
make C=2 CF="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__"
make C=2 CHECKFLAGS="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__"
These checks are disabled by default as they generate a host of warnings.

27
Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
View File

@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Currently, these files are in /proc/sys/vm:
- drop-caches
- zone_reclaim_mode
- min_unmapped_ratio
- min_slab_ratio
- panic_on_oom
==============================================================
@ -138,7 +139,6 @@ This is value ORed together of
1 = Zone reclaim on
2 = Zone reclaim writes dirty pages out
4 = Zone reclaim swaps pages
8 = Also do a global slab reclaim pass
zone_reclaim_mode is set during bootup to 1 if it is determined that pages
from remote zones will cause a measurable performance reduction. The
@ -162,18 +162,13 @@ Allowing regular swap effectively restricts allocations to the local
node unless explicitly overridden by memory policies or cpuset
configurations.
It may be advisable to allow slab reclaim if the system makes heavy
use of files and builds up large slab caches. However, the slab
shrink operation is global, may take a long time and free slabs
in all nodes of the system.
=============================================================
min_unmapped_ratio:
This is available only on NUMA kernels.
A percentage of the file backed pages in each zone. Zone reclaim will only
A percentage of the total pages in each zone. Zone reclaim will only
occur if more than this percentage of pages are file backed and unmapped.
This is to insure that a minimal amount of local pages is still available for
file I/O even if the node is overallocated.
@ -182,6 +177,24 @@ The default is 1 percent.
=============================================================
min_slab_ratio:
This is available only on NUMA kernels.
A percentage of the total pages in each zone. On Zone reclaim
(fallback from the local zone occurs) slabs will be reclaimed if more
than this percentage of pages in a zone are reclaimable slab pages.
This insures that the slab growth stays under control even in NUMA
systems that rarely perform global reclaim.
The default is 5 percent.
Note that slab reclaim is triggered in a per zone / node fashion.
The process of reclaiming slab memory is currently not node specific
and may not be fast.
=============================================================
panic_on_oom
This enables or disables panic on out-of-memory feature. If this is set to 1,

11
Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt
View File

@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ one or more packets could finish before an error stops further endpoint I/O.
error, a failure to respond (often caused by
device disconnect), or some other fault.
-ETIMEDOUT (**) No response packet received within the prescribed
-ETIME (**) No response packet received within the prescribed
bus turn-around time. This error may instead be
reported as -EPROTO or -EILSEQ.
Note that the synchronous USB message functions
also use this code to indicate timeout expired
before the transfer completed.
-ETIMEDOUT Synchronous USB message functions use this code
to indicate timeout expired before the transfer
completed, and no other error was reported by HC.
-EPIPE (**) Endpoint stalled. For non-control endpoints,
reset this status with usb_clear_halt().
@ -163,6 +163,3 @@ usb_get_*/usb_set_*():
usb_control_msg():
usb_bulk_msg():
-ETIMEDOUT Timeout expired before the transfer completed.
In the future this code may change to -ETIME,
whose definition is a closer match to this sort
of error.

5
Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
View File

@ -433,6 +433,11 @@ Options supported:
See http://www.uuhaus.de/linux/palmconnect.html for up-to-date
information on this driver.
AIRcable USB Dongle Bluetooth driver
If there is the cdc_acm driver loaded in the system, you will find that the
cdc_acm claims the device before AIRcable can. This is simply corrected
by unloading both modules and then loading the aircable module before
cdc_acm module
Generic Serial driver

8
Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88
View File

@ -7,10 +7,10 @@
6 -> AverTV Studio 303 (M126) [1461:000b]
7 -> MSI TV-@nywhere Master [1462:8606]
8 -> Leadtek Winfast DV2000 [107d:6620]
9 -> Leadtek PVR 2000 [107d:663b,107d:663C]
9 -> Leadtek PVR 2000 [107d:663b,107d:663c,107d:6632]
10 -> IODATA GV-VCP3/PCI [10fc:d003]
11 -> Prolink PlayTV PVR
12 -> ASUS PVR-416 [1043:4823]
12 -> ASUS PVR-416 [1043:4823,1461:c111]
13 -> MSI TV-@nywhere
14 -> KWorld/VStream XPert DVB-T [17de:08a6]
15 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T1 [18ac:db00]
@ -51,3 +51,7 @@
50 -> NPG Tech Real TV FM Top 10 [14f1:0842]
51 -> WinFast DTV2000 H [107d:665e]
52 -> Geniatech DVB-S [14f1:0084]
53 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR3000 TriMode Analog/DVB-S/DVB-T [0070:1404]
54 -> Norwood Micro TV Tuner
55 -> Shenzhen Tungsten Ages Tech TE-DTV-250 / Swann OEM [c180:c980]
56 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1300 DVB-T/Hybrid MPEG Encoder [0070:9600,0070:9601,0070:9602]

7
Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
View File

@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
57 -> Avermedia AVerTV GO 007 FM [1461:f31f]
58 -> ADS Tech Instant TV (saa7135) [1421:0350,1421:0351,1421:0370,1421:1370]
59 -> Kworld/Tevion V-Stream Xpert TV PVR7134
60 -> LifeView/Typhoon FlyDVB-T Duo Cardbus [5168:0502,4e42:0502]
60 -> LifeView/Typhoon/Genius FlyDVB-T Duo Cardbus [5168:0502,4e42:0502,1489:0502]
61 -> Philips TOUGH DVB-T reference design [1131:2004]
62 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+II
63 -> Kworld Xpert TV PVR7134
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
82 -> MSI TV@Anywhere plus [1462:6231]
83 -> Terratec Cinergy 250 PCI TV [153b:1160]
84 -> LifeView FlyDVB Trio [5168:0319]
85 -> AverTV DVB-T 777 [1461:2c05]
85 -> AverTV DVB-T 777 [1461:2c05,1461:2c05]
86 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T / Genius VideoWonder DVB-T [5168:0301,1489:0301]
87 -> ADS Instant TV Duo Cardbus PTV331 [0331:1421]
88 -> Tevion/KWorld DVB-T 220RF [17de:7201]
@ -94,3 +94,6 @@
93 -> Medion 7134 Bridge #2 [16be:0005]
94 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T Hybrid Cardbus [5168:3306,5168:3502]
95 -> LifeView FlyVIDEO3000 (NTSC) [5169:0138]
96 -> Medion Md8800 Quadro [16be:0007,16be:0008]
97 -> LifeView FlyDVB-S /Acorp TV134DS [5168:0300,4e42:0300]
98 -> Proteus Pro 2309 [0919:2003]

6
Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Insmod-options
View File

@ -54,6 +54,12 @@ bttv.o
dropouts.
chroma_agc=0/1 AGC of chroma signal, off by default.
adc_crush=0/1 Luminance ADC crush, on by default.
i2c_udelay= Allow reduce I2C speed. Default is 5 usecs
(meaning 66,67 Kbps). The default is the
maximum supported speed by kernel bitbang
algoritm. You may use lower numbers, if I2C
messages are lost (16 is known to work on
all supported cards).
bttv_gpio=0/1
gpiomask=

116
Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
The cx23416 can produce (and the cx23415 can also read) raw YUV output. The
format of a YUV frame is specific to this chip and is called HM12. 'HM' stands
for 'Hauppauge Macroblock', which is a misnomer as 'Conexant Macroblock' would
be more accurate.
The format is YUV 4:2:0 which uses 1 Y byte per pixel and 1 U and V byte per
four pixels.
The data is encoded as two macroblock planes, the first containing the Y
values, the second containing UV macroblocks.
The Y plane is divided into blocks of 16x16 pixels from left to right
and from top to bottom. Each block is transmitted in turn, line-by-line.
So the first 16 bytes are the first line of the top-left block, the
second 16 bytes are the second line of the top-left block, etc. After
transmitting this block the first line of the block on the right to the
first block is transmitted, etc.
The UV plane is divided into blocks of 16x8 UV values going from left
to right, top to bottom. Each block is transmitted in turn, line-by-line.
So the first 16 bytes are the first line of the top-left block and
contain 8 UV value pairs (16 bytes in total). The second 16 bytes are the
second line of 8 UV pairs of the top-left block, etc. After transmitting
this block the first line of the block on the right to the first block is
transmitted, etc.
The code below is given as an example on how to convert HM12 to separate
Y, U and V planes. This code assumes frames of 720x576 (PAL) pixels.
The width of a frame is always 720 pixels, regardless of the actual specified
width.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
static unsigned char frame[576*720*3/2];
static unsigned char framey[576*720];
static unsigned char frameu[576*720 / 4];
static unsigned char framev[576*720 / 4];
static void de_macro_y(unsigned char* dst, unsigned char *src, int dstride, int w, int h)
{
unsigned int y, x, i;
// descramble Y plane
// dstride = 720 = w
// The Y plane is divided into blocks of 16x16 pixels
// Each block in transmitted in turn, line-by-line.
for (y = 0; y < h; y += 16) {
for (x = 0; x < w; x += 16) {
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
memcpy(dst + x + (y + i) * dstride, src, 16);
src += 16;
}
}
}
}
static void de_macro_uv(unsigned char *dstu, unsigned char *dstv, unsigned char *src, int dstride, int w, int h)
{
unsigned int y, x, i;
// descramble U/V plane
// dstride = 720 / 2 = w
// The U/V values are interlaced (UVUV...).
// Again, the UV plane is divided into blocks of 16x16 UV values.
// Each block in transmitted in turn, line-by-line.
for (y = 0; y < h; y += 16) {
for (x = 0; x < w; x += 8) {
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
int idx = x + (y + i) * dstride;
dstu[idx+0] = src[0]; dstv[idx+0] = src[1];
dstu[idx+1] = src[2]; dstv[idx+1] = src[3];
dstu[idx+2] = src[4]; dstv[idx+2] = src[5];
dstu[idx+3] = src[6]; dstv[idx+3] = src[7];
dstu[idx+4] = src[8]; dstv[idx+4] = src[9];
dstu[idx+5] = src[10]; dstv[idx+5] = src[11];
dstu[idx+6] = src[12]; dstv[idx+6] = src[13];
dstu[idx+7] = src[14]; dstv[idx+7] = src[15];
src += 16;
}
}
}
}
/*************************************************************************/
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
FILE *fin;
int i;
if (argc == 1) fin = stdin;
else fin = fopen(argv[1], "r");
if (fin == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr, "cannot open input\n");
exit(-1);
}
while (fread(frame, sizeof(frame), 1, fin) == 1) {
de_macro_y(framey, frame, 720, 720, 576);
de_macro_uv(frameu, framev, frame + 720 * 576, 720 / 2, 720 / 2, 576 / 2);
fwrite(framey, sizeof(framey), 1, stdout);
fwrite(framev, sizeof(framev), 1, stdout);
fwrite(frameu, sizeof(frameu), 1, stdout);
}
fclose(fin);
return 0;
}
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

45
Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
Format of embedded V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV VBI data
=========================================================
This document describes the V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV format of the VBI data
embedded in an MPEG-2 program stream. This format is in part dictated by some
hardware limitations of the ivtv driver (the driver for the Conexant cx23415/6
chips), in particular a maximum size for the VBI data. Anything longer is cut
off when the MPEG stream is played back through the cx23415.
The advantage of this format is it is very compact and that all VBI data for
all lines can be stored while still fitting within the maximum allowed size.
The stream ID of the VBI data is 0xBD. The maximum size of the embedded data is
4 + 43 * 36, which is 4 bytes for a header and 2 * 18 VBI lines with a 1 byte
header and a 42 bytes payload each. Anything beyond this limit is cut off by
the cx23415/6 firmware. Besides the data for the VBI lines we also need 36 bits
for a bitmask determining which lines are captured and 4 bytes for a magic cookie,
signifying that this data package contains V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV VBI data.
If all lines are used, then there is no longer room for the bitmask. To solve this
two different magic numbers were introduced:
'itv0': After this magic number two unsigned longs follow. Bits 0-17 of the first
unsigned long denote which lines of the first field are captured. Bits 18-31 of
the first unsigned long and bits 0-3 of the second unsigned long are used for the
second field.
'ITV0': This magic number assumes all VBI lines are captured, i.e. it implicitly
implies that the bitmasks are 0xffffffff and 0xf.
After these magic cookies (and the 8 byte bitmask in case of cookie 'itv0') the
captured VBI lines start:
For each line the least significant 4 bits of the first byte contain the data type.
Possible values are shown in the table below. The payload is in the following 42
bytes.
Here is the list of possible data types:
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_TELETEXT 0x1 // Teletext (uses lines 6-22 for PAL)
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_CC 0x4 // Closed Captions (line 21 NTSC)
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_WSS 0x5 // Wide Screen Signal (line 23 PAL)
#define IVTV_SLICED_TYPE_VPS 0x7 // Video Programming System (PAL) (line 16)
Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>

12
Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt
View File

@ -199,6 +199,11 @@ IOMMU
allowed overwrite iommu off workarounds for specific chipsets.
soft Use software bounce buffering (default for Intel machines)
noaperture Don't touch the aperture for AGP.
allowdac Allow DMA >4GB
When off all DMA over >4GB is forced through an IOMMU or bounce
buffering.
nodac Forbid DMA >4GB
panic Always panic when IOMMU overflows
swiotlb=pages[,force]
@ -245,6 +250,13 @@ Debugging
newfallback: use new unwinder but fall back to old if it gets
stuck (default)
call_trace=[old|both|newfallback|new]
old: use old inexact backtracer
new: use new exact dwarf2 unwinder
both: print entries from both
newfallback: use new unwinder but fall back to old if it gets
stuck (default)
Misc
noreplacement Don't replace instructions with more appropriate ones

99
Documentation/x86_64/kernel-stacks Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
Most of the text from Keith Owens, hacked by AK
x86_64 page size (PAGE_SIZE) is 4K.
Like all other architectures, x86_64 has a kernel stack for every
active thread. These thread stacks are THREAD_SIZE (2*PAGE_SIZE) big.
These stacks contain useful data as long as a thread is alive or a
zombie. While the thread is in user space the kernel stack is empty
except for the thread_info structure at the bottom.
In addition to the per thread stacks, there are specialized stacks
associated with each cpu. These stacks are only used while the kernel
is in control on that cpu, when a cpu returns to user space the
specialized stacks contain no useful data. The main cpu stacks is
* Interrupt stack. IRQSTACKSIZE
Used for external hardware interrupts. If this is the first external
hardware interrupt (i.e. not a nested hardware interrupt) then the
kernel switches from the current task to the interrupt stack. Like
the split thread and interrupt stacks on i386 (with CONFIG_4KSTACKS),
this gives more room for kernel interrupt processing without having
to increase the size of every per thread stack.
The interrupt stack is also used when processing a softirq.
Switching to the kernel interrupt stack is done by software based on a
per CPU interrupt nest counter. This is needed because x86-64 "IST"
hardware stacks cannot nest without races.
x86_64 also has a feature which is not available on i386, the ability
to automatically switch to a new stack for designated events such as
double fault or NMI, which makes it easier to handle these unusual
events on x86_64. This feature is called the Interrupt Stack Table
(IST). There can be up to 7 IST entries per cpu. The IST code is an
index into the Task State Segment (TSS), the IST entries in the TSS
point to dedicated stacks, each stack can be a different size.
An IST is selected by an non-zero value in the IST field of an
interrupt-gate descriptor. When an interrupt occurs and the hardware
loads such a descriptor, the hardware automatically sets the new stack
pointer based on the IST value, then invokes the interrupt handler. If
software wants to allow nested IST interrupts then the handler must
adjust the IST values on entry to and exit from the interrupt handler.
(this is occasionally done, e.g. for debug exceptions)
Events with different IST codes (i.e. with different stacks) can be
nested. For example, a debug interrupt can safely be interrupted by an
NMI. arch/x86_64/kernel/entry.S::paranoidentry adjusts the stack
pointers on entry to and exit from all IST events, in theory allowing
IST events with the same code to be nested. However in most cases, the
stack size allocated to an IST assumes no nesting for the same code.
If that assumption is ever broken then the stacks will become corrupt.
The currently assigned IST stacks are :-
* STACKFAULT_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE).
Used for interrupt 12 - Stack Fault Exception (#SS).
This allows to recover from invalid stack segments. Rarely
happens.
* DOUBLEFAULT_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE).
Used for interrupt 8 - Double Fault Exception (#DF).
Invoked when handling a exception causes another exception. Happens
when the kernel is very confused (e.g. kernel stack pointer corrupt)
Using a separate stack allows to recover from it well enough in many
cases to still output an oops.
* NMI_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE).
Used for non-maskable interrupts (NMI).
NMI can be delivered at any time, including when the kernel is in the
middle of switching stacks. Using IST for NMI events avoids making
assumptions about the previous state of the kernel stack.
* DEBUG_STACK. DEBUG_STKSZ
Used for hardware debug interrupts (interrupt 1) and for software
debug interrupts (INT3).
When debugging a kernel, debug interrupts (both hardware and
software) can occur at any time. Using IST for these interrupts
avoids making assumptions about the previous state of the kernel
stack.
* MCE_STACK. EXCEPTION_STKSZ (PAGE_SIZE).
Used for interrupt 18 - Machine Check Exception (#MC).
MCE can be delivered at any time, including when the kernel is in the
middle of switching stacks. Using IST for MCE events avoids making
assumptions about the previous state of the kernel stack.
For more details see the Intel IA32 or AMD AMD64 architecture manuals.

2
Kbuild
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ define cmd_offsets
echo "/*"; \
echo " * DO NOT MODIFY."; \
echo " *"; \
echo " * This file was generated by $(srctree)/Kbuild"; \
echo " * This file was generated by Kbuild"; \
echo " *"; \
echo " */"; \
echo ""; \

155
MAINTAINERS
View File

@ -298,6 +298,14 @@ L: info-linux@geode.amd.com
W: http://www.amd.com/us-en/ConnectivitySolutions/TechnicalResources/0,,50_2334_2452_11363,00.html
S: Supported
AMSO1100 RNIC DRIVER
P: Tom Tucker
M: tom@opengridcomputing.com
P: Steve Wise
M: swise@opengridcomputing.com
L: openib-general@openib.org
S: Maintained
AOA (Apple Onboard Audio) ALSA DRIVER
P: Johannes Berg
M: johannes@sipsolutions.net
@ -435,6 +443,23 @@ W: http://people.redhat.com/sgrubb/audit/
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dwmw2/audit-2.6.git
S: Maintained
AVR32 ARCHITECTURE
P: Atmel AVR32 Support Team
M: avr32@atmel.com
P: Haavard Skinnemoen
M: hskinnemoen@atmel.com
W: http://www.atmel.com/products/AVR32/
W: http://avr32linux.org/
W: http://avrfreaks.net/
S: Supported
AVR32/AT32AP MACHINE SUPPORT
P: Atmel AVR32 Support Team
M: avr32@atmel.com
P: Haavard Skinnemoen
M: hskinnemoen@atmel.com
S: Supported
AX.25 NETWORK LAYER
P: Ralf Baechle
M: ralf@linux-mips.org
@ -449,9 +474,9 @@ L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
W: http://www.baycom.org/~tom/ham/ham.html
S: Maintained
BCM43XX WIRELESS DRIVER
P: Michael Buesch
M: mb@bu3sch.de
BCM43XX WIRELESS DRIVER (SOFTMAC BASED VERSION)
P: Larry Finger
M: Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net
P: Stefano Brivio
M: st3@riseup.net
W: http://bcm43xx.berlios.de/
@ -476,7 +501,7 @@ S: Maintained
BLOCK LAYER
P: Jens Axboe
M: axboe@suse.de
M: axboe@kernel.dk
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/axboe/linux-2.6-block.git
S: Maintained
@ -826,7 +851,7 @@ P: Doug Warzecha
M: Douglas_Warzecha@dell.com
S: Maintained
DEVICE-MAPPER
DEVICE-MAPPER (LVM)
P: Alasdair Kergon
L: dm-devel@redhat.com
W: http://sources.redhat.com/dm
@ -991,6 +1016,14 @@ EFS FILESYSTEM
W: http://aeschi.ch.eu.org/efs/
S: Orphan
EHCA (IBM GX bus InfiniBand adapter) DRIVER:
P: Hoang-Nam Nguyen
M: hnguyen@de.ibm.com
P: Christoph Raisch
M: raisch@de.ibm.com
L: openib-general@openib.org
S: Supported
EMU10K1 SOUND DRIVER
P: James Courtier-Dutton
M: James@superbug.demon.co.uk
@ -1347,7 +1380,7 @@ S: Maintained
IDE/ATAPI CDROM DRIVER
P: Jens Axboe
M: axboe@suse.de
M: axboe@kernel.dk
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
W: http://www.kernel.dk
S: Maintained
@ -1365,36 +1398,29 @@ M: Gadi Oxman <gadio@netvision.net.il>
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
IEEE 1394 ETHERNET (eth1394)
L: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://www.linux1394.org/
S: Orphan
IEEE 1394 SUBSYSTEM
P: Ben Collins
M: bcollins@debian.org
P: Jody McIntyre
M: scjody@modernduck.com
P: Stefan Richter
M: stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de
L: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://www.linux1394.org/
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/scjody/ieee1394.git
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ieee1394/linux1394-2.6.git
S: Maintained
IEEE 1394 OHCI DRIVER
P: Ben Collins
M: bcollins@debian.org
P: Jody McIntyre
M: scjody@modernduck.com
IEEE 1394 IPV4 DRIVER (eth1394)
P: Stefan Richter
M: stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de
L: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://www.linux1394.org/
S: Maintained
S: Odd Fixes
IEEE 1394 PCILYNX DRIVER
P: Jody McIntyre
M: scjody@modernduck.com
P: Stefan Richter
M: stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de
L: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://www.linux1394.org/
S: Maintained
S: Odd Fixes
IEEE 1394 RAW I/O DRIVER
P: Ben Collins
@ -1402,16 +1428,6 @@ M: bcollins@debian.org
P: Dan Dennedy
M: dan@dennedy.org
L: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://www.linux1394.org/
S: Maintained
IEEE 1394 SBP2
P: Ben Collins
M: bcollins@debian.org
P: Stefan Richter
M: stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de
L: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://www.linux1394.org/
S: Maintained
IMS TWINTURBO FRAMEBUFFER DRIVER
@ -1783,6 +1799,13 @@ W: http://www.penguinppc.org/
L: linuxppc-embedded@ozlabs.org
S: Maintained
LINUX FOR POWERPC PA SEMI PWRFICIENT
P: Olof Johansson
M: olof@lixom.net
W: http://www.pasemi.com/
L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
S: Supported
LLC (802.2)
P: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
M: acme@conectiva.com.br
@ -2008,6 +2031,13 @@ L: netfilter@lists.netfilter.org
L: netfilter-devel@lists.netfilter.org
S: Supported
NETLABEL
P: Paul Moore
M: paul.moore@hp.com
W: http://netlabel.sf.net
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
NETROM NETWORK LAYER
P: Ralf Baechle
M: ralf@linux-mips.org
@ -2015,7 +2045,7 @@ L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
W: http://www.linux-ax25.org/
S: Maintained
NETWORK BLOCK DEVICE
NETWORK BLOCK DEVICE (NBD)
P: Paul Clements
M: Paul.Clements@steeleye.com
S: Maintained
@ -2366,6 +2396,12 @@ M: linux-driver@qlogic.com
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
QLOGIC QLA3XXX NETWORK DRIVER
P: Ron Mercer
M: linux-driver@qlogic.com
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
QNX4 FILESYSTEM
P: Anders Larsen
M: al@alarsen.net
@ -2445,6 +2481,8 @@ S: Maintained
S390
P: Martin Schwidefsky
M: schwidefsky@de.ibm.com
P: Heiko Carstens
M: heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com
M: linux390@de.ibm.com
L: linux-390@vm.marist.edu
W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/
@ -2459,8 +2497,8 @@ W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/
S: Supported
S390 ZFCP DRIVER
P: Andreas Herrmann
M: aherrman@de.ibm.com
P: Swen Schillig
M: swen@vnet.ibm.com
M: linux390@de.ibm.com
L: linux-390@vm.marist.edu
W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/
@ -2493,7 +2531,7 @@ S: Maintained
SCSI CDROM DRIVER
P: Jens Axboe
M: axboe@suse.de
M: axboe@kernel.dk
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
W: http://www.kernel.dk
S: Maintained
@ -2616,6 +2654,17 @@ P: Nicolas Pitre
M: nico@cam.org
S: Maintained
SOFTMAC LAYER (IEEE 802.11)
P: Johannes Berg
M: johannes@sipsolutions.net
P: Joe Jezak
M: josejx@gentoo.org
P: Daniel Drake
M: dsd@gentoo.org
W: http://softmac.sipsolutions.net/
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
SOFTWARE RAID (Multiple Disks) SUPPORT
P: Ingo Molnar
M: mingo@redhat.com
@ -2744,6 +2793,12 @@ M: R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org ?
S: Supported
SPIDERNET NETWORK DRIVER for CELL
P: Jim Lewis
M: jim@jklewis.com
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Supported
SRM (Alpha) environment access
P: Jan-Benedict Glaw
M: jbglaw@lug-owl.de
@ -2768,12 +2823,9 @@ S: Maintained
SUPERH (sh)
P: Paul Mundt
M: lethal@linux-sh.org
P: Kazumoto Kojima
M: kkojima@rr.iij4u.or.jp
L: linuxsh-dev@lists.sourceforge.net
L: linuxsh-dev@lists.sourceforge.net (subscribers-only)
W: http://www.linux-sh.org
W: http://www.m17n.org/linux-sh/
W: http://www.rr.iij4u.or.jp/~kkojima/linux-sh4.html
S: Maintained
SUPERH64 (sh64)
@ -2897,8 +2949,8 @@ W: http://www.auk.cx/tms380tr/
S: Maintained
TULIP NETWORK DRIVER
P: Jeff Garzik
M: jgarzik@pobox.com
P: Valerie Henson
M: val_henson@linux.intel.com
L: tulip-users@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/tulip/
S: Maintained
@ -2924,7 +2976,7 @@ S: Maintained
UNIFORM CDROM DRIVER
P: Jens Axboe
M: axboe@suse.de
M: axboe@kernel.dk
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
W: http://www.kernel.dk
S: Maintained
@ -3243,6 +3295,12 @@ W: http://linuxtv.org
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/v4l-dvb.git
S: Maintained
VT1211 HARDWARE MONITOR DRIVER
P: Juerg Haefliger
M: juergh@gmail.com
L: lm-sensors@lm-sensors.org
S: Maintained
VT8231 HARDWARE MONITOR DRIVER
P: Roger Lucas
M: roger@planbit.co.uk
@ -3349,6 +3407,15 @@ W: http://www.qsl.net/dl1bke/
L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
ZD1211RW WIRELESS DRIVER
P: Daniel Drake
M: dsd@gentoo.org
P: Ulrich Kunitz
M: kune@deine-taler.de
W: http://zd1211.ath.cx/wiki/DriverRewrite
L: zd1211-devs@lists.sourceforge.net (subscribers-only)
S: Maintained
ZF MACHZ WATCHDOG
P: Fernando Fuganti
M: fuganti@netbank.com.br

161
Makefile
View File

@ -41,9 +41,15 @@ ifndef KBUILD_VERBOSE
KBUILD_VERBOSE = 0
endif
# Call checker as part of compilation of C files
# Use 'make C=1' to enable checking (sparse, by default)
# Override with 'make C=1 CHECK=checker_executable CHECKFLAGS=....'
# Call a source code checker (by default, "sparse") as part of the
# C compilation.
#
# Use 'make C=1' to enable checking of only re-compiled files.
# Use 'make C=2' to enable checking of *all* source files, regardless
# of whether they are re-compiled or not.
#
# See the file "Documentation/sparse.txt" for more details, including
# where to get the "sparse" utility.
ifdef C
ifeq ("$(origin C)", "command line")
@ -639,12 +645,12 @@ define rule_vmlinux__
$(call cmd,vmlinux__)
$(Q)echo 'cmd_$@ := $(cmd_vmlinux__)' > $(@D)/.$(@F).cmd
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) System.map' &&) \
$(cmd_sysmap) $@ System.map; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
rm -f $@; \
/bin/false; \
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) System.map' &&) \
$(cmd_sysmap) $@ System.map; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
rm -f $@; \
/bin/false; \
fi;
$(verify_kallsyms)
endef
@ -677,12 +683,12 @@ endif
kallsyms.o := .tmp_kallsyms$(last_kallsyms).o
define verify_kallsyms
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) .tmp_System.map' &&) \
$(Q)$(if $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap), \
echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_sysmap) .tmp_System.map' &&) \
$(cmd_sysmap) .tmp_vmlinux$(last_kallsyms) .tmp_System.map
$(Q)cmp -s System.map .tmp_System.map || \
(echo Inconsistent kallsyms data; \
echo Try setting CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS; \
$(Q)cmp -s System.map .tmp_System.map || \
(echo Inconsistent kallsyms data; \
echo Try setting CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS; \
rm .tmp_kallsyms* ; /bin/false )
endef
@ -736,6 +742,7 @@ endif # ifdef CONFIG_KALLSYMS
# vmlinux image - including updated kernel symbols
vmlinux: $(vmlinux-lds) $(vmlinux-init) $(vmlinux-main) $(kallsyms.o) FORCE
$(call if_changed_rule,vmlinux__)
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost $@
$(Q)rm -f .old_version
# The actual objects are generated when descending,
@ -753,12 +760,34 @@ $(vmlinux-dirs): prepare scripts
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$@
# Build the kernel release string
# The KERNELRELEASE is stored in a file named include/config/kernel.release
# to be used when executing for example make install or make modules_install
#
# Take the contents of any files called localversion* and the config
# variable CONFIG_LOCALVERSION and append them to KERNELRELEASE.
# LOCALVERSION from the command line override all of this
# The KERNELRELEASE value built here is stored in the file
# include/config/kernel.release, and is used when executing several
# make targets, such as "make install" or "make modules_install."
#
# The eventual kernel release string consists of the following fields,
# shown in a hierarchical format to show how smaller parts are concatenated
# to form the larger and final value, with values coming from places like
# the Makefile, kernel config options, make command line options and/or
# SCM tag information.
#
# $(KERNELVERSION)
# $(VERSION) eg, 2
# $(PATCHLEVEL) eg, 6
# $(SUBLEVEL) eg, 18
# $(EXTRAVERSION) eg, -rc6
# $(localver-full)
# $(localver)
# localversion* (all localversion* files)
# $(CONFIG_LOCALVERSION) (from kernel config setting)
# $(localver-auto) (only if CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is set)
# ./scripts/setlocalversion (SCM tag, if one exists)
# $(LOCALVERSION) (from make command line if provided)
#
# Note how the final $(localver-auto) string is included *only* if the
# kernel config option CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is selected. Also, at the
# moment, only git is supported but other SCMs can edit the script
# scripts/setlocalversion and add the appropriate checks as needed.
nullstring :=
space := $(nullstring) # end of line
@ -892,15 +921,26 @@ depend dep:
INSTALL_HDR_PATH=$(objtree)/usr
export INSTALL_HDR_PATH
HDRARCHES=$(filter-out generic,$(patsubst $(srctree)/include/asm-%/Kbuild,%,$(wildcard $(srctree)/include/asm-*/Kbuild)))
PHONY += headers_install_all
headers_install_all: include/linux/version.h scripts_basic FORCE
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=scripts scripts/unifdef
$(Q)for arch in $(HDRARCHES); do \
$(MAKE) ARCH=$$arch -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include BIASMDIR=-bi-$$arch ;\
done
PHONY += headers_install
headers_install: include/linux/version.h
$(Q)unifdef -Ux /dev/null
$(Q)rm -rf $(INSTALL_HDR_PATH)/include
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include
headers_install: include/linux/version.h scripts_basic FORCE
@if [ ! -r include/asm-$(ARCH)/Kbuild ]; then \
echo '*** Error: Headers not exportable for this architecture ($(ARCH))'; \
exit 1 ; fi
$(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=scripts scripts/unifdef
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include
PHONY += headers_check
headers_check: headers_install
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include HDRCHECK=1
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.headersinst obj=include HDRCHECK=1
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Modules
@ -916,7 +956,7 @@ all: modules
PHONY += modules
modules: $(vmlinux-dirs) $(if $(KBUILD_BUILTIN),vmlinux)
@echo ' Building modules, stage 2.';
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
# Target to prepare building external modules
@ -942,7 +982,7 @@ _modinst_:
rm -f $(MODLIB)/build ; \
ln -s $(objtree) $(MODLIB)/build ; \
fi
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
# If System.map exists, run depmod. This deliberately does not have a
# dependency on System.map since that would run the dependency tree on
@ -1057,8 +1097,10 @@ boards := $(notdir $(boards))
help:
@echo 'Cleaning targets:'
@echo ' clean - remove most generated files but keep the config'
@echo ' clean - remove most generated files but keep the config and'
@echo ' enough build support to build external modules'
@echo ' mrproper - remove all generated files + config + various backup files'
@echo ' distclean - mrproper + remove editor backup and patch files'
@echo ''
@echo 'Configuration targets:'
@$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/kconfig/Makefile help
@ -1076,13 +1118,17 @@ help:
@echo ' cscope - Generate cscope index'
@echo ' kernelrelease - Output the release version string'
@echo ' kernelversion - Output the version stored in Makefile'
@echo ' headers_install - Install sanitised kernel headers to INSTALL_HDR_PATH'
@if [ -r include/asm-$(ARCH)/Kbuild ]; then \
echo ' headers_install - Install sanitised kernel headers to INSTALL_HDR_PATH'; \
fi
@echo ' (default: $(INSTALL_HDR_PATH))'
@echo ''
@echo 'Static analysers'
@echo ' checkstack - Generate a list of stack hogs'
@echo ' namespacecheck - Name space analysis on compiled kernel'
@echo ' headers_check - Sanity check on exported headers'
@if [ -r include/asm-$(ARCH)/Kbuild ]; then \
echo ' headers_check - Sanity check on exported headers'; \
fi
@echo ''
@echo 'Kernel packaging:'
@$(MAKE) $(build)=$(package-dir) help
@ -1100,6 +1146,7 @@ help:
echo '')
@echo ' make V=0|1 [targets] 0 => quiet build (default), 1 => verbose build'
@echo ' make V=2 [targets] 2 => give reason for rebuild of target'
@echo ' make O=dir [targets] Locate all output files in "dir", including .config'
@echo ' make C=1 [targets] Check all c source with $$CHECK (sparse by default)'
@echo ' make C=2 [targets] Force check of all c source with $$CHECK'
@ -1154,7 +1201,7 @@ $(module-dirs): crmodverdir $(objtree)/Module.symvers
modules: $(module-dirs)
@echo ' Building modules, stage 2.';
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
PHONY += modules_install
modules_install: _emodinst_ _emodinst_post
@ -1163,7 +1210,7 @@ install-dir := $(if $(INSTALL_MOD_DIR),$(INSTALL_MOD_DIR),extra)
PHONY += _emodinst_
_emodinst_:
$(Q)mkdir -p $(MODLIB)/$(install-dir)
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modinst
# Run depmod only is we have System.map and depmod is executable
quiet_cmd_depmod = DEPMOD $(KERNELRELEASE)
@ -1264,6 +1311,31 @@ define all-defconfigs
$(call find-sources,'defconfig')
endef
define xtags
if $1 --version 2>&1 | grep -iq exuberant; then \
$(all-sources) | xargs $1 -a \
-I __initdata,__exitdata,__acquires,__releases \
-I EXPORT_SYMBOL,EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL \
--extra=+f --c-kinds=+px; \
$(all-kconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--langdef=kconfig \
--language-force=kconfig \
--regex-kconfig='/^[[:blank:]]*config[[:blank:]]+([[:alnum:]_]+)/\1/'; \
$(all-defconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--langdef=dotconfig \
--language-force=dotconfig \
--regex-dotconfig='/^#?[[:blank:]]*(CONFIG_[[:alnum:]_]+)/\1/'; \
elif $1 --version 2>&1 | grep -iq emacs; then \
$(all-sources) | xargs $1 -a; \
$(all-kconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--regex='/^[ \t]*config[ \t]+\([a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
$(all-defconfigs) | xargs $1 -a \
--regex='/^#?[ \t]?\(CONFIG_[a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
else \
$(all-sources) | xargs $1 -a; \
fi
endef
quiet_cmd_cscope-file = FILELST cscope.files
cmd_cscope-file = (echo \-k; echo \-q; $(all-sources)) > cscope.files
@ -1277,31 +1349,16 @@ cscope: FORCE
quiet_cmd_TAGS = MAKE $@
define cmd_TAGS
rm -f $@; \
ETAGSF=`etags --version | grep -i exuberant >/dev/null && \
echo "-I __initdata,__exitdata,__acquires,__releases \
-I EXPORT_SYMBOL,EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL \
--extra=+f --c-kinds=+px"`; \
$(all-sources) | xargs etags $$ETAGSF -a; \
if test "x$$ETAGSF" = x; then \
$(all-kconfigs) | xargs etags -a \
--regex='/^config[ \t]+\([a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
$(all-defconfigs) | xargs etags -a \
--regex='/^#?[ \t]?\(CONFIG_[a-zA-Z0-9_]+\)/\1/'; \
fi
$(call xtags,etags)
endef
TAGS: FORCE
$(call cmd,TAGS)
quiet_cmd_tags = MAKE $@
define cmd_tags
rm -f $@; \
CTAGSF=`ctags --version | grep -i exuberant >/dev/null && \
echo "-I __initdata,__exitdata,__acquires,__releases \
-I EXPORT_SYMBOL,EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL \
--extra=+f --c-kinds=+px"`; \
$(all-sources) | xargs ctags $$CTAGSF -a
$(call xtags,ctags)
endef
tags: FORCE
@ -1328,9 +1385,13 @@ endif #ifeq ($(config-targets),1)
endif #ifeq ($(mixed-targets),1)
PHONY += checkstack kernelrelease kernelversion
# Use $(SUBARCH) here instead of $(ARCH) so that this works for UML.
# In the UML case, $(SUBARCH) is the name of the underlying
# architecture, while for all other arches, it is the same as $(ARCH).
checkstack:
$(OBJDUMP) -d vmlinux $$(find . -name '*.ko') | \
$(PERL) $(src)/scripts/checkstack.pl $(ARCH)
$(PERL) $(src)/scripts/checkstack.pl $(SUBARCH)
kernelrelease:
$(if $(wildcard include/config/kernel.release), $(Q)echo $(KERNELRELEASE), \
@ -1379,7 +1440,7 @@ endif
%.ko: prepare scripts FORCE
$(Q)$(MAKE) KBUILD_MODULES=$(if $(CONFIG_MODULES),1) \
$(build)=$(build-dir) $(@:.ko=.o)
$(Q)$(MAKE) -rR -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.modpost
# FIXME Should go into a make.lib or something
# ===========================================================================

2
arch/alpha/Kconfig
View File

@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ config ALPHA_EV56
config ALPHA_EV56
prompt "EV56 CPU (speed >= 333MHz)?"
depends on ALPHA_NORITAKE && ALPHA_PRIMO
depends on ALPHA_NORITAKE || ALPHA_PRIMO
config ALPHA_EV56
prompt "EV56 CPU (speed >= 400MHz)?"

15
arch/alpha/kernel/proto.h
View File

@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
#include <linux/interrupt.h>
#include <linux/io.h>
#include <asm/pgtable.h>
/* Prototypes of functions used across modules here in this directory. */
@ -181,9 +183,16 @@ extern void titan_dispatch_irqs(u64, struct pt_regs *);
extern void switch_to_system_map(void);
extern void srm_paging_stop(void);
/* ../mm/remap.c */
extern int __alpha_remap_area_pages(unsigned long, unsigned long,
unsigned long, unsigned long);
static inline int
__alpha_remap_area_pages(unsigned long address, unsigned long phys_addr,
unsigned long size, unsigned long flags)
{
pgprot_t prot;
prot = __pgprot(_PAGE_VALID | _PAGE_ASM | _PAGE_KRE
| _PAGE_KWE | flags);
return ioremap_page_range(address, address + size, phys_addr, prot);
}
/* irq.c */

17
arch/alpha/kernel/time.c
View File

@ -54,8 +54,6 @@
#include "proto.h"
#include "irq_impl.h"
extern unsigned long wall_jiffies; /* kernel/timer.c */
static int set_rtc_mmss(unsigned long);
DEFINE_SPINLOCK(rtc_lock);
@ -132,7 +130,7 @@ irqreturn_t timer_interrupt(int irq, void *dev, struct pt_regs * regs)
nticks = delta >> FIX_SHIFT;
while (nticks > 0) {
do_timer(regs);
do_timer(1);
#ifndef CONFIG_SMP
update_process_times(user_mode(regs));
#endif
@ -413,7 +411,7 @@ void
do_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
{
unsigned long flags;
unsigned long sec, usec, lost, seq;
unsigned long sec, usec, seq;
unsigned long delta_cycles, delta_usec, partial_tick;
do {
@ -423,14 +421,13 @@ do_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
sec = xtime.tv_sec;
usec = (xtime.tv_nsec / 1000);
partial_tick = state.partial_tick;
lost = jiffies - wall_jiffies;
} while (read_seqretry_irqrestore(&xtime_lock, seq, flags));
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
/* Until and unless we figure out how to get cpu cycle counters
in sync and keep them there, we can't use the rpcc tricks. */
delta_usec = lost * (1000000 / HZ);
delta_usec = 0;
#else
/*
* usec = cycles * ticks_per_cycle * 2**48 * 1e6 / (2**48 * ticks)
@ -446,8 +443,7 @@ do_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
*/
delta_usec = (delta_cycles * state.scaled_ticks_per_cycle
+ partial_tick
+ (lost << FIX_SHIFT)) * 15625;
+ partial_tick) * 15625;
delta_usec = ((delta_usec / ((1UL << (FIX_SHIFT-6-1)) * HZ)) + 1) / 2;
#endif
@ -480,12 +476,11 @@ do_settimeofday(struct timespec *tv)
time. Without this, a full-tick error is possible. */
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
delta_nsec = (jiffies - wall_jiffies) * (NSEC_PER_SEC / HZ);
delta_nsec = 0;
#else
delta_nsec = rpcc() - state.last_time;
delta_nsec = (delta_nsec * state.scaled_ticks_per_cycle
+ state.partial_tick
+ ((jiffies - wall_jiffies) << FIX_SHIFT)) * 15625;
+ state.partial_tick) * 15625;
delta_nsec = ((delta_nsec / ((1UL << (FIX_SHIFT-6-1)) * HZ)) + 1) / 2;
delta_nsec *= 1000;
#endif

2
arch/alpha/mm/Makefile
View File

@ -4,6 +4,6 @@
EXTRA_CFLAGS := -Werror
obj-y := init.o fault.o extable.o remap.o
obj-y := init.o fault.o extable.o
obj-$(CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM) += numa.o

2
arch/alpha/mm/fault.c
View File

@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ do_page_fault(unsigned long address, unsigned long mmcsr,
/* We ran out of memory, or some other thing happened to us that
made us unable to handle the page fault gracefully. */
out_of_memory:
if (current->pid == 1) {
if (is_init(current)) {
yield();
down_read(&mm->mmap_sem);
goto survive;

2
arch/alpha/mm/init.c
View File

@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ callback_init(void * kernel_end)
void
paging_init(void)
{
unsigned long zones_size[MAX_NR_ZONES] = {0, 0, 0};
unsigned long zones_size[MAX_NR_ZONES] = {0, };
unsigned long dma_pfn, high_pfn;
dma_pfn = virt_to_phys((char *)MAX_DMA_ADDRESS) >> PAGE_SHIFT;

86
arch/alpha/mm/remap.c
View File

@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
#include <asm/pgalloc.h>
#include <asm/cacheflush.h>
static inline void
remap_area_pte(pte_t * pte, unsigned long address, unsigned long size,
unsigned long phys_addr, unsigned long flags)
{
unsigned long end;
unsigned long pfn;
address &= ~PMD_MASK;
end = address + size;
if (end > PMD_SIZE)
end = PMD_SIZE;
if (address >= end)
BUG();
pfn = phys_addr >> PAGE_SHIFT;
do {
if (!pte_none(*pte)) {
printk("remap_area_pte: page already exists\n");
BUG();
}
set_pte(pte, pfn_pte(pfn,
__pgprot(_PAGE_VALID | _PAGE_ASM |
_PAGE_KRE | _PAGE_KWE | flags)));
address += PAGE_SIZE;
pfn++;
pte++;
} while (address && (address < end));
}
static inline int
remap_area_pmd(pmd_t * pmd, unsigned long address, unsigned long size,
unsigned long phys_addr, unsigned long flags)
{
unsigned long end;
address &= ~PGDIR_MASK;
end = address + size;
if (end > PGDIR_SIZE)
end = PGDIR_SIZE;
phys_addr -= address;
if (address >= end)
BUG();
do {
pte_t * pte = pte_alloc_kernel(pmd, address);
if (!pte)
return -ENOMEM;
remap_area_pte(pte, address, end - address,
address + phys_addr, flags);
address = (address + PMD_SIZE) & PMD_MASK;
pmd++;
} while (address && (address < end));
return 0;
}
int
__alpha_remap_area_pages(unsigned long address, unsigned long phys_addr,
unsigned long size, unsigned long flags)
{
pgd_t * dir;
int error = 0;
unsigned long end = address + size;
phys_addr -= address;
dir = pgd_offset(&init_mm, address);
flush_cache_all();
if (address >= end)
BUG();
do {
pmd_t *pmd;
pmd = pmd_alloc(&init_mm, dir, address);
error = -ENOMEM;
if (!pmd)
break;
if (remap_area_pmd(pmd, address, end - address,
phys_addr + address, flags))
break;
error = 0;
address = (address + PGDIR_SIZE) & PGDIR_MASK;
dir++;
} while (address && (address < end));
return error;
}

50
arch/arm/Kconfig
View File

@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ config ARM
Europe. There is an ARM Linux project with a web page at
<http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/>.
config GENERIC_TIME
bool
default n
config MMU
bool
default y
@ -51,6 +55,10 @@ config GENERIC_HARDIRQS
bool
default y
config TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT
bool
default y
config HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND
bool
default y
@ -91,7 +99,7 @@ config ARCH_MTD_XIP
config VECTORS_BASE
hex
default 0xffff0000 if MMU
default 0xffff0000 if MMU || CPU_HIGH_VECTOR
default DRAM_BASE if REMAP_VECTORS_TO_RAM
default 0x00000000
help
@ -198,16 +206,27 @@ config ARCH_IMX
help
Support for Motorola's i.MX family of processors (MX1, MXL).
config ARCH_IOP3XX
bool "IOP3xx-based"
config ARCH_IOP32X
bool "IOP32x-based"
depends on MMU
select PLAT_IOP
select PCI
help
Support for Intel's IOP3XX (XScale) family of processors.
Support for Intel's 80219 and IOP32X (XScale) family of
processors.
config ARCH_IOP33X
bool "IOP33x-based"
depends on MMU
select PLAT_IOP
select PCI
help
Support for Intel's IOP33X (XScale) family of processors.
config ARCH_IXP4XX
bool "IXP4xx-based"
depends on MMU
select GENERIC_TIME
help
Support for Intel's IXP4XX (XScale) family of processors.
@ -308,7 +327,9 @@ source "arch/arm/mach-footbridge/Kconfig"
source "arch/arm/mach-integrator/Kconfig"
source "arch/arm/mach-iop3xx/Kconfig"
source "arch/arm/mach-iop32x/Kconfig"
source "arch/arm/mach-iop33x/Kconfig"
source "arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/Kconfig"
@ -348,6 +369,9 @@ source "arch/arm/mach-netx/Kconfig"
config ARCH_ACORN
bool
config PLAT_IOP
bool
source arch/arm/mm/Kconfig
# bool 'Use XScale PMU as timer source' CONFIG_XSCALE_PMU_TIMER
@ -602,6 +626,7 @@ config LEDS_CPU
config ALIGNMENT_TRAP
bool
depends on CPU_CP15_MMU
default y if !ARCH_EBSA110
help
ARM processors can not fetch/store information which is not
@ -633,11 +658,12 @@ config ZBOOT_ROM_BSS
hex "Compressed ROM boot loader BSS address"
default "0"
help
The base address of 64KiB of read/write memory in the target
for the ROM-able zImage, which must be available while the
decompressor is running. Platforms which normally make use of
ROM-able zImage formats normally set this to a suitable
value in their defconfig file.
The base address of an area of read/write memory in the target
for the ROM-able zImage which must be available while the
decompressor is running. It must be large enough to hold the
entire decompressed kernel plus an additional 128 KiB.
Platforms which normally make use of ROM-able zImage formats
normally set this to a suitable value in their defconfig file.
If ZBOOT_ROM is not enabled, this has no effect.
@ -832,7 +858,7 @@ source "drivers/base/Kconfig"
source "drivers/connector/Kconfig"
if ALIGNMENT_TRAP
if ALIGNMENT_TRAP || !CPU_CP15_MMU
source "drivers/mtd/Kconfig"
endif
@ -844,7 +870,7 @@ source "drivers/block/Kconfig"
source "drivers/acorn/block/Kconfig"
if PCMCIA || ARCH_CLPS7500 || ARCH_IOP3XX || ARCH_IXP4XX \
if PCMCIA || ARCH_CLPS7500 || ARCH_IOP32X || ARCH_IOP33X || ARCH_IXP4XX \
|| ARCH_L7200 || ARCH_LH7A40X || ARCH_PXA || ARCH_RPC \
|| ARCH_S3C2410 || ARCH_SA1100 || ARCH_SHARK || FOOTBRIDGE \
|| ARCH_IXP23XX

8
arch/arm/Kconfig-nommu
View File

@ -25,6 +25,14 @@ config FLASH_SIZE
hex 'FLASH Size' if SET_MEM_PARAM
default 0x00400000
config PROCESSOR_ID
hex
default 0x00007700
depends on !CPU_CP15
help
If processor has no CP15 register, this processor ID is
used instead of the auto-probing which utilizes the register.
config REMAP_VECTORS_TO_RAM
bool 'Install vectors to the begining of RAM' if DRAM_BASE
depends on DRAM_BASE

9
arch/arm/Makefile
View File

@ -55,7 +55,12 @@ arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v3) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=3 -march=armv3
# This selects how we optimise for the processor.
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM610) :=-mtune=arm610
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM710) :=-mtune=arm710
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM7TDMI) :=-mtune=arm7tdmi
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM720T) :=-mtune=arm7tdmi
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM740T) :=-mtune=arm7tdmi
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM9TDMI) :=-mtune=arm9tdmi
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM940T) :=-mtune=arm9tdmi
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM946T) :=$(call cc-option,-mtune=arm9e,-mtune=arm9tdmi)
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM920T) :=-mtune=arm9tdmi
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM922T) :=-mtune=arm9tdmi
tune-$(CONFIG_CPU_ARM925T) :=-mtune=arm9tdmi
@ -101,7 +106,8 @@ endif
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR) := integrator
textofs-$(CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X) := 0x00028000
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X) := clps711x
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX) := iop3xx
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_IOP32X) := iop32x
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_IOP33X) := iop33x
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX) := ixp4xx
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000) := ixp2000
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP23XX) := ixp23xx
@ -157,6 +163,7 @@ core-$(CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE) += $(FASTFPE_OBJ)
core-$(CONFIG_VFP) += arch/arm/vfp/
# If we have a common platform directory, then include it in the build.
core-$(CONFIG_PLAT_IOP) += arch/arm/plat-iop/
core-$(CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP) += arch/arm/plat-omap/
drivers-$(CONFIG_OPROFILE) += arch/arm/oprofile/

4
arch/arm/boot/compressed/Makefile
View File

@ -51,7 +51,11 @@ OBJS += head-at91rm9200.o
endif
ifeq ($(CONFIG_CPU_BIG_ENDIAN),y)
ifeq ($(CONFIG_CPU_CP15),y)
OBJS += big-endian.o
else
# The endian should be set by h/w design.
endif
endif
#

22
arch/arm/boot/compressed/head.S
View File

@ -20,11 +20,21 @@
#ifdef DEBUG
#if defined(CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC)
#ifdef CONFIG_CPU_V6
.macro loadsp, rb
.endm
.macro writeb, ch, rb
mcr p14, 0, \ch, c0, c5, 0
.endm
#else
.macro loadsp, rb
.endm
.macro writeb, ch, rb
mcr p14, 0, \ch, c0, c1, 0
.endm
#endif
#else
#include <asm/arch/debug-macro.S>
@ -42,12 +52,6 @@
add \rb, \rb, #0x00010000 @ Ser1
#endif
.endm
#elif defined(CONFIG_ARCH_IOP331)
.macro loadsp, rb
mov \rb, #0xff000000
orr \rb, \rb, #0x00ff0000
orr \rb, \rb, #0x0000f700 @ location of the UART
.endm
#elif defined(CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410)
.macro loadsp, rb
mov \rb, #0x50000000
@ -78,9 +82,11 @@
kphex r6, 8 /* processor id */
kputc #':'
kphex r7, 8 /* architecture id */
#ifdef CONFIG_CPU_CP15
kputc #':'
mrc p15, 0, r0, c1, c0
kphex r0, 8 /* control reg */
#endif
kputc #'\n'
kphex r5, 8 /* decompressed kernel start */
kputc #'-'
@ -503,7 +509,11 @@ call_kernel: bl cache_clean_flush
*/
call_cache_fn: adr r12, proc_types
#ifdef CONFIG_CPU_CP15
mrc p15, 0, r6, c0, c0 @ get processor ID
#else
ldr r6, =CONFIG_PROCESSOR_ID
#endif
1: ldr r1, [r12, #0] @ get value
ldr r2, [r12, #4] @ get mask
eor r1, r1, r6 @ (real ^ match)

21
arch/arm/boot/compressed/misc.c
View File

@ -30,6 +30,25 @@ static void putstr(const char *ptr);
#include <asm/arch/uncompress.h>
#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC
#ifdef CONFIG_CPU_V6
static void icedcc_putc(int ch)
{
int status, i = 0x4000000;
do {
if (--i < 0)
return;
asm volatile ("mrc p14, 0, %0, c0, c1, 0" : "=r" (status));
} while (status & (1 << 29));
asm("mcr p14, 0, %0, c0, c5, 0" : : "r" (ch));
}
#else
static void icedcc_putc(int ch)
{
int status, i = 0x4000000;
@ -44,6 +63,8 @@ static void icedcc_putc(int ch)
asm("mcr p14, 0, %0, c1, c0, 0" : : "r" (ch));
}
#endif
#define putc(ch) icedcc_putc(ch)
#define flush() do { } while (0)
#endif

4
arch/arm/common/icst307.c
View File

@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ icst307_khz_to_vco(const struct icst307_params *p, unsigned long freq)
break;
} while (i < ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s));
if (i > ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
if (i >= ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
return vco;
vco.s = idx2s[i];
@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ icst307_ps_to_vco(const struct icst307_params *p, unsigned long period)
break;
} while (i < ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s));
if (i > ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
if (i >= ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
return vco;
vco.s = idx2s[i];

4
arch/arm/common/icst525.c
View File

@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ icst525_khz_to_vco(const struct icst525_params *p, unsigned long freq)
break;
} while (i < ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s));
if (i > ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
if (i >= ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
return vco;
vco.s = idx2s[i];
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ icst525_ps_to_vco(const struct icst525_params *p, unsigned long period)
break;
} while (i < ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s));
if (i > ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
if (i >= ARRAY_SIZE(idx2s))
return vco;
vco.s = idx2s[i];

61
arch/arm/common/locomo.c
View File

@ -121,6 +121,13 @@ static struct locomo_dev_info locomo_devices[] = {
.offset = 0,
.length = 0,
},
{
.devid = LOCOMO_DEVID_SPI,
.irq = {},
.name = "locomo-spi",
.offset = LOCOMO_SPI,
.length = 0x30,
},
};
@ -374,7 +381,7 @@ static void locomo_spi_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc,
struct irqdesc *d;
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chipdata(irq);
req = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIIR) & 0x000F;
req = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIR) & 0x000F;
if (req) {
irq = LOCOMO_IRQ_SPI_START;
d = irq_desc + irq;
@ -391,35 +398,35 @@ static void locomo_spi_ack_irq(unsigned int irq)
{
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chipdata(irq);
unsigned int r;
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
r |= (0x0001 << (irq - LOCOMO_IRQ_SPI_START));
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIIS);
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIS);
r &= ~(0x0001 << (irq - LOCOMO_IRQ_SPI_START));
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIIS);
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIS);
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
r &= ~(0x0001 << (irq - LOCOMO_IRQ_SPI_START));
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIWE);
}
static void locomo_spi_mask_irq(unsigned int irq)
{
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chipdata(irq);
unsigned int r;
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
r &= ~(0x0001 << (irq - LOCOMO_IRQ_SPI_START));
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
}
static void locomo_spi_unmask_irq(unsigned int irq)
{
void __iomem *mapbase = get_irq_chipdata(irq);
unsigned int r;
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
r = locomo_readl(mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
r |= (0x0001 << (irq - LOCOMO_IRQ_SPI_START));
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
locomo_writel(r, mapbase + LOCOMO_SPI + LOCOMO_SPIIE);
}
static struct irq_chip locomo_spi_chip = {
@ -814,12 +821,15 @@ static inline struct locomo *locomo_chip_driver(struct locomo_dev *ldev)
return (struct locomo *)dev_get_drvdata(ldev->dev.parent);
}
void locomo_gpio_set_dir(struct locomo_dev *ldev, unsigned int bits, unsigned int dir)
void locomo_gpio_set_dir(struct device *dev, unsigned int bits, unsigned int dir)
{
struct locomo *lchip = locomo_chip_driver(ldev);
struct locomo *lchip = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
unsigned long flags;
unsigned int r;
if (!lchip)
return;
spin_lock_irqsave(&lchip->lock, flags);
r = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPD);
@ -836,12 +846,15 @@ void locomo_gpio_set_dir(struct locomo_dev *ldev, unsigned int bits, unsigned in
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&lchip->lock, flags);
}
unsigned int locomo_gpio_read_level(struct locomo_dev *ldev, unsigned int bits)
int locomo_gpio_read_level(struct device *dev, unsigned int bits)
{
struct locomo *lchip = locomo_chip_driver(ldev);
struct locomo *lchip = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
unsigned long flags;
unsigned int ret;
if (!lchip)
return -ENODEV;
spin_lock_irqsave(&lchip->lock, flags);
ret = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPL);
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&lchip->lock, flags);
@ -850,12 +863,15 @@ unsigned int locomo_gpio_read_level(struct locomo_dev *ldev, unsigned int bits)
return ret;
}
unsigned int locomo_gpio_read_output(struct locomo_dev *ldev, unsigned int bits)
int locomo_gpio_read_output(struct device *dev, unsigned int bits)
{
struct locomo *lchip = locomo_chip_driver(ldev);
struct locomo *lchip = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
unsigned long flags;
unsigned int ret;
if (!lchip)
return -ENODEV;
spin_lock_irqsave(&lchip->lock, flags);
ret = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPO);
spin_unlock_irqrestore(&lchip->lock, flags);
@ -864,12 +880,15 @@ unsigned int locomo_gpio_read_output(struct locomo_dev *ldev, unsigned int bits)
return ret;
}
void locomo_gpio_write(struct locomo_dev *ldev, unsigned int bits, unsigned int set)
void locomo_gpio_write(struct device *dev, unsigned int bits, unsigned int set)
{
struct locomo *lchip = locomo_chip_driver(ldev);
struct locomo *lchip = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
unsigned long flags;
unsigned int r;
if (!lchip)
return;
spin_lock_irqsave(&lchip->lock, flags);
r = locomo_readl(lchip->base + LOCOMO_GPO);
@ -1058,9 +1077,9 @@ void locomo_frontlight_set(struct locomo_dev *dev, int duty, int vr, int bpwf)
struct locomo *lchip = locomo_chip_driver(dev);
if (vr)
locomo_gpio_write(dev, LOCOMO_GPIO_FL_VR, 1);
locomo_gpio_write(dev->dev.parent, LOCOMO_GPIO_FL_VR, 1);
else
locomo_gpio_write(dev, LOCOMO_GPIO_FL_VR, 0);
locomo_gpio_write(dev->dev.parent, LOCOMO_GPIO_FL_VR, 0);
spin_lock_irqsave(&lchip->lock, flags);
locomo_writel(bpwf, lchip->base + LOCOMO_FRONTLIGHT + LOCOMO_ALS);

4
arch/arm/common/sharpsl_pm.c
View File

@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
#define SHARPSL_CHARGE_FINISH_TIME (msecs_to_jiffies(10*60*1000)) /* 10 min */
#define SHARPSL_BATCHK_TIME (msecs_to_jiffies(15*1000)) /* 15 sec */
#define SHARPSL_BATCHK_TIME_SUSPEND (60*10) /* 10 min */
#define SHARPSL_WAIT_CO_TIME 15 /* 15 sec */
#define SHARPSL_WAIT_DISCHARGE_ON 100 /* 100 msec */
#define SHARPSL_CHECK_BATTERY_WAIT_TIME_TEMP 10 /* 10 msec */
@ -575,6 +576,9 @@ static int corgi_pxa_pm_enter(suspend_state_t state)
while (corgi_enter_suspend(alarm_time,alarm_status,state))
{}
if (sharpsl_pm.machinfo->earlyresume)
sharpsl_pm.machinfo->earlyresume();
dev_dbg(sharpsl_pm.dev, "SharpSL resuming...\n");
return 0;

1
arch/arm/configs/ep93xx_defconfig
View File

@ -126,6 +126,7 @@ CONFIG_CRUNCH=y
# EP93xx Platforms
#
CONFIG_MACH_EDB9302=y
CONFIG_MACH_EDB9312=y
CONFIG_MACH_EDB9315=y
CONFIG_MACH_EDB9315A=y
CONFIG_MACH_GESBC9312=y

610
arch/arm/configs/ep80219_defconfig → arch/arm/configs/iop32x_defconfig
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

481
arch/arm/configs/iq80332_defconfig → arch/arm/configs/iop33x_defconfig
View File

@ -1,50 +1,63 @@
#
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.12-rc1-bk2
# Sun Mar 27 17:33:39 2005
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.18-rc7
# Tue Sep 19 00:30:42 2006
#
CONFIG_ARM=y
CONFIG_MMU=y
CONFIG_UID16=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS=y
CONFIG_TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE=y
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_HWEIGHT=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_IOMAP=y
CONFIG_VECTORS_BASE=0xffff0000
CONFIG_DEFCONFIG_LIST="/lib/modules/$UNAME_RELEASE/.config"
#
# Code maturity level options
#
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y
CONFIG_CLEAN_COMPILE=y
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32
#
# General setup
#
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO=y
CONFIG_SWAP=y
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT=y
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT_V3 is not set
# CONFIG_TASKSTATS is not set
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
# CONFIG_HOTPLUG is not set
CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
# CONFIG_RELAY is not set
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
CONFIG_UID16=y
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL=y
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
CONFIG_HOTPLUG=y
CONFIG_PRINTK=y
CONFIG_BUG=y
CONFIG_ELF_CORE=y
CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES=y
CONFIG_FUTEX=y
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_FUNCTIONS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LABELS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LOOPS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_JUMPS=0
CONFIG_SLAB=y
CONFIG_VM_EVENT_COUNTERS=y
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
# CONFIG_SLOB is not set
#
# Loadable module support
@ -52,24 +65,52 @@ CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
CONFIG_MODULES=y
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD is not set
CONFIG_OBSOLETE_MODPARM=y
# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
CONFIG_KMOD=y
#
# Block layer
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE is not set
#
# IO Schedulers
#
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_AS is not set
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEADLINE is not set
CONFIG_DEFAULT_CFQ=y
# CONFIG_DEFAULT_NOOP is not set
CONFIG_DEFAULT_IOSCHED="cfq"
#
# System Type
#
# CONFIG_ARCH_AAEC2000 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_REALVIEW is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_AT91 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EP93XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_FOOTBRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_NETX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP32X is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP33X=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP23XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_PNX4008 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_RPC is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_SA1100 is not set
@ -77,28 +118,17 @@ CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
#
# IOP3xx Implementation Options
# IOP33x Implementation Options
#
#
# IOP3xx Platform Types
# IOP33x Platform Types
#
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80321 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ31244 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80331 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80331=y
CONFIG_MACH_IQ80332=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_EP80219 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP331=y
#
# IOP3xx Chipset Features
#
# CONFIG_IOP331_STEPD is not set
CONFIG_PLAT_IOP=y
#
# Processor Type
@ -109,7 +139,6 @@ CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5T=y
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WBI=y
CONFIG_CPU_MINICACHE=y
#
# Processor Features
@ -121,8 +150,7 @@ CONFIG_XSCALE_PMU=y
# Bus support
#
CONFIG_PCI=y
# CONFIG_PCI_LEGACY_PROC is not set
CONFIG_PCI_NAMES=y
# CONFIG_PCI_DEBUG is not set
#
# PCCARD (PCMCIA/CardBus) support
@ -133,6 +161,19 @@ CONFIG_PCI_NAMES=y
# Kernel Features
#
# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set
# CONFIG_NO_IDLE_HZ is not set
CONFIG_HZ=100
# CONFIG_AEABI is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE is not set
CONFIG_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y
CONFIG_FLATMEM_MANUAL=y
# CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM_MANUAL is not set
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_MANUAL is not set
CONFIG_FLATMEM=y
CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP=y
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_STATIC is not set
CONFIG_SPLIT_PTLOCK_CPUS=4096
# CONFIG_RESOURCES_64BIT is not set
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
#
@ -140,7 +181,7 @@ CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
#
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
CONFIG_CMDLINE="ip=boot root=nfs console=ttyS0,115200"
CONFIG_CMDLINE="console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/nfs ip=bootp"
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
#
@ -166,6 +207,93 @@ CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT=y
# Power management options
#
# CONFIG_PM is not set
# CONFIG_APM is not set
#
# Networking
#
CONFIG_NET=y
#
# Networking options
#
# CONFIG_NETDEBUG is not set
CONFIG_PACKET=y
CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP=y
CONFIG_UNIX=y
CONFIG_XFRM=y
# CONFIG_XFRM_USER is not set
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
CONFIG_INET=y
CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
# CONFIG_IP_MROUTE is not set
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_TUNNEL is not set
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT=y
CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL=y
CONFIG_INET_DIAG=y
CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG=y
# CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set
CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=y
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_TUNNEL is not set
# CONFIG_INET6_TUNNEL is not set
# CONFIG_NETWORK_SECMARK is not set
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
#
# DCCP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_DCCP is not set
#
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
#
# TIPC Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_TIPC is not set
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
#
# QoS and/or fair queueing
#
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
#
# Network testing
#
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
# CONFIG_BT is not set
# CONFIG_IEEE80211 is not set
#
# Device Drivers
@ -177,6 +305,13 @@ CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT=y
CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
# CONFIG_FW_LOADER is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_DRIVER is not set
# CONFIG_SYS_HYPERVISOR is not set
#
# Connector - unified userspace <-> kernelspace linker
#
# CONFIG_CONNECTOR is not set
#
# Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
@ -200,6 +335,7 @@ CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
# CONFIG_FTL is not set
# CONFIG_NFTL is not set
# CONFIG_INFTL is not set
# CONFIG_RFD_FTL is not set
#
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
@ -222,6 +358,7 @@ CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_OTP is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set
@ -229,18 +366,18 @@ CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=y
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_XIP is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_OBSOLETE_CHIPS is not set
#
# Mapping drivers for chip access
#
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP=y
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START=0xc0000000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN=0x00800000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START=0x0
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN=0x0
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=1
# CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_PLATRAM is not set
#
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
@ -249,7 +386,6 @@ CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=1
# CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
#
@ -264,6 +400,11 @@ CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=1
#
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
#
# OneNAND Flash Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_ONENAND is not set
#
# Parallel port support
#
@ -276,7 +417,6 @@ CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=1
#
# Block devices
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 is not set
@ -288,17 +428,9 @@ CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=1
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=8192
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD is not set
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_BLOCKSIZE=1024
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD=y
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
#
# IO Schedulers
#
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
#
@ -309,6 +441,7 @@ CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
#
# SCSI device support
#
# CONFIG_RAID_ATTRS is not set
CONFIG_SCSI=y
CONFIG_SCSI_PROC_FS=y
@ -320,6 +453,7 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD=y
# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR is not set
CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG=y
# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SCH is not set
#
# Some SCSI devices (e.g. CD jukebox) support multiple LUNs
@ -334,10 +468,12 @@ CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG=y
# CONFIG_SCSI_SPI_ATTRS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_FC_ATTRS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_ISCSI_ATTRS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_SAS_ATTRS is not set
#
# SCSI low-level drivers
#
# CONFIG_ISCSI_TCP is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_3W_XXXX_RAID is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_3W_9XXX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_ACARD is not set
@ -348,25 +484,19 @@ CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG=y
# CONFIG_SCSI_DPT_I2O is not set
# CONFIG_MEGARAID_NEWGEN is not set
# CONFIG_MEGARAID_LEGACY is not set
# CONFIG_MEGARAID_SAS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_SATA is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_HPTIOP is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DMX3191D is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_EATA is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_GDTH is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_IPS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_INITIO is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_INIA100 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_2 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_IPR is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_1280 is not set
CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2XXX=y
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA21XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA22XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2300 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2322 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA6312 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA_FC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_LPFC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DC395x is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_NSP32 is not set
@ -381,8 +511,7 @@ CONFIG_MD_LINEAR=y
CONFIG_MD_RAID0=y
CONFIG_MD_RAID1=y
# CONFIG_MD_RAID10 is not set
CONFIG_MD_RAID5=y
# CONFIG_MD_RAID6 is not set
# CONFIG_MD_RAID456 is not set
# CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH is not set
# CONFIG_MD_FAULTY is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
@ -396,6 +525,9 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
# Fusion MPT device support
#
# CONFIG_FUSION is not set
# CONFIG_FUSION_SPI is not set
# CONFIG_FUSION_FC is not set
# CONFIG_FUSION_SAS is not set
#
# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
@ -408,71 +540,8 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
# CONFIG_I2O is not set
#
# Networking support
# Network device support
#
CONFIG_NET=y
#
# Networking options
#
CONFIG_PACKET=y
CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP=y
# CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV is not set
CONFIG_UNIX=y
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
CONFIG_INET=y
CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
# CONFIG_IP_MROUTE is not set
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
#
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
#
# QoS and/or fair queueing
#
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
#
# Network testing
#
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
# CONFIG_BT is not set
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
# CONFIG_DUMMY is not set
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
@ -484,6 +553,10 @@ CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
#
# CONFIG_ARCNET is not set
#
# PHY device support
#
#
# Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
#
@ -501,14 +574,20 @@ CONFIG_E1000_NAPI=y
# CONFIG_HAMACHI is not set
# CONFIG_YELLOWFIN is not set
# CONFIG_R8169 is not set
# CONFIG_SIS190 is not set
# CONFIG_SKGE is not set
# CONFIG_SKY2 is not set
# CONFIG_SK98LIN is not set
# CONFIG_TIGON3 is not set
# CONFIG_BNX2 is not set
#
# Ethernet (10000 Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_CHELSIO_T1 is not set
# CONFIG_IXGB is not set
# CONFIG_S2IO is not set
# CONFIG_MYRI10GE is not set
#
# Token Ring devices
@ -531,6 +610,8 @@ CONFIG_E1000_NAPI=y
# CONFIG_NET_FC is not set
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
#
# ISDN subsystem
@ -568,7 +649,6 @@ CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
#
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
CONFIG_SOUND_GAMEPORT=y
#
# Character devices
@ -576,6 +656,7 @@ CONFIG_SOUND_GAMEPORT=y
CONFIG_VT=y
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_VT_HW_CONSOLE_BINDING is not set
# CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD is not set
#
@ -583,7 +664,9 @@ CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_PCI=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=4
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_RUNTIME_UARTS=4
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
#
@ -591,6 +674,7 @@ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=4
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_SERIAL_JSM is not set
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
@ -604,8 +688,8 @@ CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
# Watchdog Cards
#
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM=y
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
# CONFIG_RTC is not set
# CONFIG_DTLK is not set
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
# CONFIG_APPLICOM is not set
@ -620,6 +704,7 @@ CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
# TPM devices
#
# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
# CONFIG_TELCLOCK is not set
#
# I2C support
@ -644,14 +729,13 @@ CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV=y
# CONFIG_I2C_AMD8111 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I801 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I810 is not set
CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_I2C_ISA is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_NFORCE2 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PIIX4 is not set
CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_I2C_NFORCE2 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_OCORES is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PROSAVAGE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SAVAGE4 is not set
# CONFIG_SCx200_ACB is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS630 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS96X is not set
@ -662,15 +746,45 @@ CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_ISA is not set
#
# Hardware Sensors Chip support
# Miscellaneous I2C Chip support
#
# CONFIG_I2C_SENSOR is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1337 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1374 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCA9539 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX6875 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
#
# SPI support
#
# CONFIG_SPI is not set
# CONFIG_SPI_MASTER is not set
#
# Dallas's 1-wire bus
#
#
# Hardware Monitoring support
#
CONFIG_HWMON=y
# CONFIG_HWMON_VID is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ABITUGURU is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1021 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1025 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1026 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1031 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM9240 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ASB100 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ATXP1 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1621 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_F71805F is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCHER is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCPOS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL518SM is not set
@ -685,36 +799,45 @@ CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM85 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM87 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM90 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM92 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX1619 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M192 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA686A is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_VT8231 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83781D is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83791D is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83792D is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83L785TS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
#
# Other I2C Chip support
#
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627EHF is not set
# CONFIG_HWMON_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
#
# Misc devices
#
#
# LED devices
#
# CONFIG_NEW_LEDS is not set
#
# LED drivers
#
#
# LED Triggers
#
#
# Multimedia devices
#
# CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV is not set
CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2=y
#
# Digital Video Broadcasting Devices
@ -724,6 +847,7 @@ CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
#
# Graphics support
#
CONFIG_FIRMWARE_EDID=y
# CONFIG_FB is not set
#
@ -731,6 +855,7 @@ CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
#
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT is not set
#
# Sound
@ -742,8 +867,13 @@ CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
#
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI=y
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_EHCI=y
# CONFIG_USB is not set
#
# NOTE: USB_STORAGE enables SCSI, and 'SCSI disk support'
#
#
# USB Gadget Support
#
@ -754,11 +884,18 @@ CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI=y
#
# CONFIG_MMC is not set
#
# Real Time Clock
#
CONFIG_RTC_LIB=y
# CONFIG_RTC_CLASS is not set
#
# File systems
#
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XIP is not set
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
@ -768,22 +905,22 @@ CONFIG_JBD=y
CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
#
# XFS support
#
# CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
CONFIG_XFS_FS=y
CONFIG_XFS_EXPORT=y
# CONFIG_XFS_RT is not set
# CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_XFS_SECURITY=y
CONFIG_XFS_POSIX_ACL=y
# CONFIG_XFS_RT is not set
# CONFIG_OCFS2_FS is not set
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
CONFIG_INOTIFY_USER=y
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
# CONFIG_FUSE_FS is not set
#
# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
@ -803,12 +940,10 @@ CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
#
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
# CONFIG_DEVFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS_XATTR is not set
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
# CONFIG_TMPFS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
CONFIG_RAMFS=y
# CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS is not set
#
# Miscellaneous filesystems
@ -834,16 +969,19 @@ CONFIG_RAMFS=y
#
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
CONFIG_NFS_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL is not set
# CONFIG_NFS_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO is not set
CONFIG_NFSD=y
CONFIG_NFSD_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFSD_V3_ACL is not set
# CONFIG_NFSD_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFSD_TCP is not set
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
CONFIG_LOCKD=y
CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y
CONFIG_EXPORTFS=y
CONFIG_NFS_COMMON=y
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 is not set
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
@ -852,6 +990,7 @@ CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_9P_FS is not set
#
# Partition Types
@ -871,6 +1010,7 @@ CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
# CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_KARMA_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION is not set
#
@ -887,11 +1027,34 @@ CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
# Kernel hacking
#
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL is not set
CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y
# CONFIG_UNUSED_SYMBOLS is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP=y
# CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_RT_MUTEXES is not set
# CONFIG_RT_MUTEX_TESTER is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_RWSEMS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCKING_API_SELFTESTS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KOBJECT is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
# CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_FS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_VM is not set
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
# CONFIG_UNWIND_INFO is not set
# CONFIG_FORCED_INLINING is not set
# CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y
# CONFIG_DEBUG_WAITQ is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_LL=y
# CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC is not set
#
# Security options
@ -912,5 +1075,7 @@ CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y
# Library routines
#
# CONFIG_CRC_CCITT is not set
# CONFIG_CRC16 is not set
# CONFIG_CRC32 is not set
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
CONFIG_PLIST=y

922
arch/arm/configs/iq31244_defconfig
View File

@ -1,922 +0,0 @@
#
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.12-rc1-bk2
# Sun Mar 27 02:10:38 2005
#
CONFIG_ARM=y
CONFIG_MMU=y
CONFIG_UID16=y
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_IOMAP=y
#
# Code maturity level options
#
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y
CONFIG_CLEAN_COMPILE=y
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
#
# General setup
#
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
CONFIG_SWAP=y
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT=y
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT_V3 is not set
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
# CONFIG_HOTPLUG is not set
CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y
CONFIG_IKCONFIG=y
CONFIG_IKCONFIG_PROC=y
# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
CONFIG_FUTEX=y
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_FUNCTIONS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LABELS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LOOPS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_JUMPS=0
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
#
# Loadable module support
#
CONFIG_MODULES=y
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD is not set
CONFIG_OBSOLETE_MODPARM=y
# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
CONFIG_KMOD=y
#
# System Type
#
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_FOOTBRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_RPC is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_SA1100 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
#
# IOP3xx Implementation Options
#
#
# IOP3xx Platform Types
#
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80321 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IQ31244=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80331 is not set
# CONFIG_MACH_IQ80332 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EP80219 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP321=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP331 is not set
#
# IOP3xx Chipset Features
#
#
# Processor Type
#
CONFIG_CPU_32=y
CONFIG_CPU_XSCALE=y
CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5T=y
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WBI=y
CONFIG_CPU_MINICACHE=y
#
# Processor Features
#
# CONFIG_ARM_THUMB is not set
CONFIG_XSCALE_PMU=y
#
# Bus support
#
CONFIG_PCI=y
# CONFIG_PCI_LEGACY_PROC is not set
CONFIG_PCI_NAMES=y
#
# PCCARD (PCMCIA/CardBus) support
#
# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set
#
# Kernel Features
#
# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
#
# Boot options
#
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
CONFIG_CMDLINE="ip=boot root=nfs console=ttyS0,115200"
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
#
# Floating point emulation
#
#
# At least one emulation must be selected
#
CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE=y
# CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE_XP is not set
# CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE is not set
#
# Userspace binary formats
#
CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT=y
# CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC is not set
# CONFIG_ARTHUR is not set
#
# Power management options
#
# CONFIG_PM is not set
#
# Device Drivers
#
#
# Generic Driver Options
#
CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
# CONFIG_FW_LOADER is not set
#
# Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
#
CONFIG_MTD=y
# CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_DIRECTORY_BLOCK=-1
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_UNALLOCATED=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_READONLY=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS is not set
#
# User Modules And Translation Layers
#
CONFIG_MTD_CHAR=y
CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
# CONFIG_FTL is not set
# CONFIG_NFTL is not set
# CONFIG_INFTL is not set
#
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
#
CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
# CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set
CONFIG_MTD_GEN_PROBE=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1=y
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2=y
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4=y
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=y
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_XIP is not set
#
# Mapping drivers for chip access
#
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP=y
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START=0xf0000000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN=0x00800000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=2
# CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312 is not set
#
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_PMC551 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
#
# Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001PLUS is not set
#
# NAND Flash Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
#
# Parallel port support
#
# CONFIG_PARPORT is not set
#
# Plug and Play support
#
#
# Block devices
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SX8 is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=8192
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD is not set
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
#
# IO Schedulers
#
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
#
# ATA/ATAPI/MFM/RLL support
#
# CONFIG_IDE is not set
#
# SCSI device support
#
CONFIG_SCSI=y
CONFIG_SCSI_PROC_FS=y
#
# SCSI support type (disk, tape, CD-ROM)
#
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD=y
# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST is not set
# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR is not set
CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG=y
#
# Some SCSI devices (e.g. CD jukebox) support multiple LUNs
#
# CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING is not set
#
# SCSI Transport Attributes
#
# CONFIG_SCSI_SPI_ATTRS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_FC_ATTRS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_ISCSI_ATTRS is not set
#
# SCSI low-level drivers
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_3W_XXXX_RAID is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_3W_9XXX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_ACARD is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AACRAID is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX_OLD is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AIC79XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DPT_I2O is not set
# CONFIG_MEGARAID_NEWGEN is not set
# CONFIG_MEGARAID_LEGACY is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_SATA is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DMX3191D is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_EATA is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_GDTH is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_IPS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_INITIO is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_INIA100 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_2 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_IPR is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_1280 is not set
CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2XXX=y
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA21XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA22XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2300 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2322 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA6312 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DC395x is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_NSP32 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG is not set
#
# Multi-device support (RAID and LVM)
#
CONFIG_MD=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD=y
# CONFIG_MD_LINEAR is not set
CONFIG_MD_RAID0=y
CONFIG_MD_RAID1=y
# CONFIG_MD_RAID10 is not set
CONFIG_MD_RAID5=y
# CONFIG_MD_RAID6 is not set
# CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH is not set
# CONFIG_MD_FAULTY is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
# CONFIG_DM_CRYPT is not set
# CONFIG_DM_SNAPSHOT is not set
# CONFIG_DM_MIRROR is not set
# CONFIG_DM_ZERO is not set
# CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH is not set
#
# Fusion MPT device support
#
# CONFIG_FUSION is not set
#
# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
#
# CONFIG_IEEE1394 is not set
#
# I2O device support
#
# CONFIG_I2O is not set
#
# Networking support
#
CONFIG_NET=y
#
# Networking options
#
CONFIG_PACKET=y
CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP=y
# CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV is not set
CONFIG_UNIX=y
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
CONFIG_INET=y
CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
# CONFIG_IP_MROUTE is not set
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
#
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
#
# QoS and/or fair queueing
#
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
#
# Network testing
#
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
# CONFIG_BT is not set
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
# CONFIG_DUMMY is not set
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set
# CONFIG_TUN is not set
#
# ARCnet devices
#
# CONFIG_ARCNET is not set
#
# Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET is not set
#
# Ethernet (1000 Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_ACENIC is not set
# CONFIG_DL2K is not set
CONFIG_E1000=y
CONFIG_E1000_NAPI=y
# CONFIG_E1000_DISABLE_PACKET_SPLIT is not set
# CONFIG_NS83820 is not set
# CONFIG_HAMACHI is not set
# CONFIG_YELLOWFIN is not set
# CONFIG_R8169 is not set
# CONFIG_SK98LIN is not set
# CONFIG_TIGON3 is not set
#
# Ethernet (10000 Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_IXGB is not set
# CONFIG_S2IO is not set
#
# Token Ring devices
#
# CONFIG_TR is not set
#
# Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
#
# CONFIG_NET_RADIO is not set
#
# Wan interfaces
#
# CONFIG_WAN is not set
# CONFIG_FDDI is not set
# CONFIG_HIPPI is not set
# CONFIG_PPP is not set
# CONFIG_SLIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_FC is not set
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
#
# ISDN subsystem
#
# CONFIG_ISDN is not set
#
# Input device support
#
CONFIG_INPUT=y
#
# Userland interfaces
#
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX is not set
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TSDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
#
# Input Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
#
# Hardware I/O ports
#
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
CONFIG_SOUND_GAMEPORT=y
#
# Character devices
#
CONFIG_VT=y
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD is not set
#
# Serial drivers
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=4
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
#
# Non-8250 serial port support
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
#
# IPMI
#
# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set
#
# Watchdog Cards
#
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
# CONFIG_RTC is not set
# CONFIG_DTLK is not set
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
# CONFIG_APPLICOM is not set
#
# Ftape, the floppy tape device driver
#
# CONFIG_DRM is not set
# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
#
# TPM devices
#
# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
#
# I2C support
#
CONFIG_I2C=y
CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV=y
#
# I2C Algorithms
#
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCA is not set
#
# I2C Hardware Bus support
#
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI1535 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI1563 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI15X3 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_AMD756 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_AMD8111 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I801 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I810 is not set
CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_I2C_ISA is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_NFORCE2 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PIIX4 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PROSAVAGE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SAVAGE4 is not set
# CONFIG_SCx200_ACB is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS630 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS96X is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_STUB is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VIA is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VIAPRO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VOODOO3 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_ISA is not set
#
# Hardware Sensors Chip support
#
# CONFIG_I2C_SENSOR is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1021 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1025 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1026 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1031 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ASB100 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1621 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCHER is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCPOS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL518SM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL520SM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_IT87 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM63 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM75 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM77 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM78 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM80 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM83 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM85 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM87 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM90 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX1619 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA686A is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83781D is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83L785TS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
#
# Other I2C Chip support
#
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
#
# Misc devices
#
#
# Multimedia devices
#
# CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV is not set
#
# Digital Video Broadcasting Devices
#
# CONFIG_DVB is not set
#
# Graphics support
#
# CONFIG_FB is not set
#
# Console display driver support
#
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
#
# Sound
#
# CONFIG_SOUND is not set
#
# USB support
#
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI=y
# CONFIG_USB is not set
#
# USB Gadget Support
#
# CONFIG_USB_GADGET is not set
#
# MMC/SD Card support
#
# CONFIG_MMC is not set
#
# File systems
#
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR is not set
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY is not set
CONFIG_JBD=y
# CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG is not set
CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
#
# XFS support
#
CONFIG_XFS_FS=y
CONFIG_XFS_EXPORT=y
# CONFIG_XFS_RT is not set
# CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_XFS_SECURITY=y
CONFIG_XFS_POSIX_ACL=y
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
#
# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
#
# CONFIG_ISO9660_FS is not set
# CONFIG_UDF_FS is not set
#
# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
#
# CONFIG_MSDOS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_VFAT_FS is not set
# CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set
#
# Pseudo filesystems
#
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
# CONFIG_DEVFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS_XATTR is not set
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
# CONFIG_TMPFS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
CONFIG_RAMFS=y
#
# Miscellaneous filesystems
#
# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS_FS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG=0
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NAND is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NOR_ECC is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS2_COMPRESSION_OPTIONS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_ZLIB=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_RTIME=y
# CONFIG_JFFS2_RUBIN is not set
# CONFIG_CRAMFS is not set
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set
# CONFIG_UFS_FS is not set
#
# Network File Systems
#
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
CONFIG_NFS_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFS_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO is not set
CONFIG_NFSD=y
CONFIG_NFSD_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFSD_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFSD_TCP is not set
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
CONFIG_LOCKD=y
CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y
CONFIG_EXPORTFS=y
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 is not set
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
# CONFIG_SMB_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CIFS is not set
# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
#
# Partition Types
#
CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED=y
# CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION is not set
CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
# CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL is not set
# CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL is not set
# CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION is not set
#
# Native Language Support
#
# CONFIG_NLS is not set
#
# Profiling support
#
# CONFIG_PROFILING is not set
#
# Kernel hacking
#
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL is not set
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y
#
# Security options
#
# CONFIG_KEYS is not set
# CONFIG_SECURITY is not set
#
# Cryptographic options
#
# CONFIG_CRYPTO is not set
#
# Hardware crypto devices
#
#
# Library routines
#
# CONFIG_CRC_CCITT is not set
CONFIG_CRC32=y
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=y

843
arch/arm/configs/iq80321_defconfig
View File

@ -1,843 +0,0 @@
#
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.12-rc1-bk2
# Sun Mar 27 13:24:10 2005
#
CONFIG_ARM=y
CONFIG_MMU=y
CONFIG_UID16=y
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_IOMAP=y
#
# Code maturity level options
#
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y
CONFIG_CLEAN_COMPILE=y
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
#
# General setup
#
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
CONFIG_SWAP=y
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT=y
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT_V3 is not set
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
# CONFIG_HOTPLUG is not set
CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
CONFIG_FUTEX=y
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_FUNCTIONS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LABELS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LOOPS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_JUMPS=0
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
#
# Loadable module support
#
CONFIG_MODULES=y
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD is not set
CONFIG_OBSOLETE_MODPARM=y
# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
CONFIG_KMOD=y
#
# System Type
#
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_FOOTBRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_RPC is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_SA1100 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
#
# IOP3xx Implementation Options
#
#
# IOP3xx Platform Types
#
CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80321=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ31244 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80331 is not set
# CONFIG_MACH_IQ80332 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EP80219 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP321=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP331 is not set
#
# IOP3xx Chipset Features
#
#
# Processor Type
#
CONFIG_CPU_32=y
CONFIG_CPU_XSCALE=y
CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5T=y
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WBI=y
CONFIG_CPU_MINICACHE=y
#
# Processor Features
#
# CONFIG_ARM_THUMB is not set
CONFIG_XSCALE_PMU=y
#
# Bus support
#
CONFIG_PCI=y
# CONFIG_PCI_LEGACY_PROC is not set
CONFIG_PCI_NAMES=y
#
# PCCARD (PCMCIA/CardBus) support
#
# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set
#
# Kernel Features
#
# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
#
# Boot options
#
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
CONFIG_CMDLINE="ip=boot root=nfs console=ttyS0,115200"
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
#
# Floating point emulation
#
#
# At least one emulation must be selected
#
CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE=y
# CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE_XP is not set
# CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE is not set
#
# Userspace binary formats
#
CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT=y
# CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC is not set
# CONFIG_ARTHUR is not set
#
# Power management options
#
# CONFIG_PM is not set
#
# Device Drivers
#
#
# Generic Driver Options
#
CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
# CONFIG_FW_LOADER is not set
#
# Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
#
CONFIG_MTD=y
# CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_DIRECTORY_BLOCK=-1
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_UNALLOCATED=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_READONLY=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS is not set
#
# User Modules And Translation Layers
#
CONFIG_MTD_CHAR=y
CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
# CONFIG_FTL is not set
# CONFIG_NFTL is not set
# CONFIG_INFTL is not set
#
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
#
CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
# CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set
CONFIG_MTD_GEN_PROBE=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1=y
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2=y
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4=y
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=y
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_XIP is not set
#
# Mapping drivers for chip access
#
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP=y
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START=0xf0000000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN=0x00800000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=1
# CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312 is not set
#
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_PMC551 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
#
# Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001PLUS is not set
#
# NAND Flash Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
#
# Parallel port support
#
# CONFIG_PARPORT is not set
#
# Plug and Play support
#
#
# Block devices
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SX8 is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=8192
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD is not set
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
#
# IO Schedulers
#
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
#
# ATA/ATAPI/MFM/RLL support
#
# CONFIG_IDE is not set
#
# SCSI device support
#
# CONFIG_SCSI is not set
#
# Multi-device support (RAID and LVM)
#
# CONFIG_MD is not set
#
# Fusion MPT device support
#
#
# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
#
# CONFIG_IEEE1394 is not set
#
# I2O device support
#
# CONFIG_I2O is not set
#
# Networking support
#
CONFIG_NET=y
#
# Networking options
#
CONFIG_PACKET=y
CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP=y
# CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV is not set
CONFIG_UNIX=y
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
CONFIG_INET=y
CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
# CONFIG_IP_MROUTE is not set
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
#
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
#
# QoS and/or fair queueing
#
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
#
# Network testing
#
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
# CONFIG_BT is not set
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
# CONFIG_DUMMY is not set
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set
# CONFIG_TUN is not set
#
# ARCnet devices
#
# CONFIG_ARCNET is not set
#
# Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET is not set
#
# Ethernet (1000 Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_ACENIC is not set
# CONFIG_DL2K is not set
CONFIG_E1000=y
CONFIG_E1000_NAPI=y
# CONFIG_E1000_DISABLE_PACKET_SPLIT is not set
# CONFIG_NS83820 is not set
# CONFIG_HAMACHI is not set
# CONFIG_YELLOWFIN is not set
# CONFIG_R8169 is not set
# CONFIG_SK98LIN is not set
# CONFIG_TIGON3 is not set
#
# Ethernet (10000 Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_IXGB is not set
# CONFIG_S2IO is not set
#
# Token Ring devices
#
# CONFIG_TR is not set
#
# Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
#
# CONFIG_NET_RADIO is not set
#
# Wan interfaces
#
# CONFIG_WAN is not set
# CONFIG_FDDI is not set
# CONFIG_HIPPI is not set
# CONFIG_PPP is not set
# CONFIG_SLIP is not set
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
#
# ISDN subsystem
#
# CONFIG_ISDN is not set
#
# Input device support
#
CONFIG_INPUT=y
#
# Userland interfaces
#
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX is not set
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TSDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
#
# Input Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
#
# Hardware I/O ports
#
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
CONFIG_SOUND_GAMEPORT=y
#
# Character devices
#
CONFIG_VT=y
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD is not set
#
# Serial drivers
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=4
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
#
# Non-8250 serial port support
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
#
# IPMI
#
# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set
#
# Watchdog Cards
#
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
# CONFIG_RTC is not set
# CONFIG_DTLK is not set
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
# CONFIG_APPLICOM is not set
#
# Ftape, the floppy tape device driver
#
# CONFIG_DRM is not set
# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
#
# TPM devices
#
# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
#
# I2C support
#
CONFIG_I2C=y
CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV=y
#
# I2C Algorithms
#
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCA is not set
#
# I2C Hardware Bus support
#
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI1535 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI1563 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI15X3 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_AMD756 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_AMD8111 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I801 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I810 is not set
CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_I2C_ISA is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_NFORCE2 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PIIX4 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PROSAVAGE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SAVAGE4 is not set
# CONFIG_SCx200_ACB is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS630 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS96X is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_STUB is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VIA is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VIAPRO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VOODOO3 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_ISA is not set
#
# Hardware Sensors Chip support
#
# CONFIG_I2C_SENSOR is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1021 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1025 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1026 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1031 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ASB100 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1621 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCHER is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCPOS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL518SM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL520SM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_IT87 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM63 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM75 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM77 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM78 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM80 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM83 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM85 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM87 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM90 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX1619 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA686A is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83781D is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83L785TS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
#
# Other I2C Chip support
#
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
#
# Misc devices
#
#
# Multimedia devices
#
# CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV is not set
#
# Digital Video Broadcasting Devices
#
# CONFIG_DVB is not set
#
# Graphics support
#
# CONFIG_FB is not set
#
# Console display driver support
#
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
#
# Sound
#
# CONFIG_SOUND is not set
#
# USB support
#
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI=y
# CONFIG_USB is not set
#
# USB Gadget Support
#
# CONFIG_USB_GADGET is not set
#
# MMC/SD Card support
#
# CONFIG_MMC is not set
#
# File systems
#
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR is not set
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY is not set
CONFIG_JBD=y
# CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG is not set
CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
#
# XFS support
#
CONFIG_XFS_FS=y
CONFIG_XFS_EXPORT=y
# CONFIG_XFS_RT is not set
# CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_XFS_SECURITY=y
CONFIG_XFS_POSIX_ACL=y
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
#
# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
#
# CONFIG_ISO9660_FS is not set
# CONFIG_UDF_FS is not set
#
# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
#
# CONFIG_MSDOS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_VFAT_FS is not set
# CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set
#
# Pseudo filesystems
#
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
# CONFIG_DEVFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS_XATTR is not set
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
# CONFIG_TMPFS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
CONFIG_RAMFS=y
#
# Miscellaneous filesystems
#
# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS_FS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG=0
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NAND is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_NOR_ECC is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS2_COMPRESSION_OPTIONS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_ZLIB=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_RTIME=y
# CONFIG_JFFS2_RUBIN is not set
# CONFIG_CRAMFS is not set
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set
# CONFIG_UFS_FS is not set
#
# Network File Systems
#
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
CONFIG_NFS_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFS_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO is not set
CONFIG_NFSD=y
CONFIG_NFSD_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFSD_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFSD_TCP is not set
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
CONFIG_LOCKD=y
CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y
CONFIG_EXPORTFS=y
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 is not set
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
# CONFIG_SMB_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CIFS is not set
# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
#
# Partition Types
#
CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED=y
# CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION is not set
CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
# CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL is not set
# CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL is not set
# CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION is not set
#
# Native Language Support
#
# CONFIG_NLS is not set
#
# Profiling support
#
# CONFIG_PROFILING is not set
#
# Kernel hacking
#
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL is not set
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y
#
# Security options
#
# CONFIG_KEYS is not set
# CONFIG_SECURITY is not set
#
# Cryptographic options
#
# CONFIG_CRYPTO is not set
#
# Hardware crypto devices
#
#
# Library routines
#
# CONFIG_CRC_CCITT is not set
CONFIG_CRC32=y
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=y

916
arch/arm/configs/iq80331_defconfig
View File

@ -1,916 +0,0 @@
#
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.12-rc1-bk2
# Sun Mar 27 15:13:37 2005
#
CONFIG_ARM=y
CONFIG_MMU=y
CONFIG_UID16=y
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_IOMAP=y
#
# Code maturity level options
#
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y
CONFIG_CLEAN_COMPILE=y
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
#
# General setup
#
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
CONFIG_SWAP=y
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT=y
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT_V3 is not set
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
# CONFIG_HOTPLUG is not set
CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
CONFIG_FUTEX=y
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_FUNCTIONS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LABELS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LOOPS=0
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_JUMPS=0
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
#
# Loadable module support
#
CONFIG_MODULES=y
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD is not set
CONFIG_OBSOLETE_MODPARM=y
# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
CONFIG_KMOD=y
#
# System Type
#
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_FOOTBRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_RPC is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_SA1100 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
#
# IOP3xx Implementation Options
#
#
# IOP3xx Platform Types
#
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80321 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IQ31244 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IQ80331=y
# CONFIG_MACH_IQ80332 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EP80219 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_IOP331=y
#
# IOP3xx Chipset Features
#
CONFIG_IOP331_STEPD=y
#
# Processor Type
#
CONFIG_CPU_32=y
CONFIG_CPU_XSCALE=y
CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5T=y
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WBI=y
CONFIG_CPU_MINICACHE=y
#
# Processor Features
#
# CONFIG_ARM_THUMB is not set
CONFIG_XSCALE_PMU=y
#
# Bus support
#
CONFIG_PCI=y
# CONFIG_PCI_LEGACY_PROC is not set
CONFIG_PCI_NAMES=y
#
# PCCARD (PCMCIA/CardBus) support
#
# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set
#
# Kernel Features
#
# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
#
# Boot options
#
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
CONFIG_CMDLINE="ip=boot root=nfs console=ttyS0,115200"
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
#
# Floating point emulation
#
#
# At least one emulation must be selected
#
CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE=y
# CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE_XP is not set
# CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE is not set
#
# Userspace binary formats
#
CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT=y
# CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC is not set
# CONFIG_ARTHUR is not set
#
# Power management options
#
# CONFIG_PM is not set
#
# Device Drivers
#
#
# Generic Driver Options
#
CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
# CONFIG_FW_LOADER is not set
#
# Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
#
CONFIG_MTD=y
# CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_DIRECTORY_BLOCK=-1
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_UNALLOCATED=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_READONLY=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS is not set
#
# User Modules And Translation Layers
#
CONFIG_MTD_CHAR=y
CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
# CONFIG_FTL is not set
# CONFIG_NFTL is not set
# CONFIG_INFTL is not set
#
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
#
CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
# CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set
CONFIG_MTD_GEN_PROBE=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_NOSWAP=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_BE_BYTE_SWAP is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_LE_BYTE_SWAP is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_GEOMETRY is not set
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1=y
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2=y
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4=y
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=y
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_XIP is not set
#
# Mapping drivers for chip access
#
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP=y
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START=0xc0000000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN=0x00800000
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=1
# CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312 is not set
#
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_PMC551 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
#
# Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001PLUS is not set
#
# NAND Flash Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
#
# Parallel port support
#
# CONFIG_PARPORT is not set
#
# Plug and Play support
#
#
# Block devices
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DAC960 is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UMEM is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SX8 is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=8192
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD is not set
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
#
# IO Schedulers
#
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
#
# ATA/ATAPI/MFM/RLL support
#
# CONFIG_IDE is not set
#
# SCSI device support
#
CONFIG_SCSI=y
CONFIG_SCSI_PROC_FS=y
#
# SCSI support type (disk, tape, CD-ROM)
#
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD=y
# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST is not set
# CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR is not set
CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG=y
#
# Some SCSI devices (e.g. CD jukebox) support multiple LUNs
#
# CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING is not set
#
# SCSI Transport Attributes
#
# CONFIG_SCSI_SPI_ATTRS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_FC_ATTRS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_ISCSI_ATTRS is not set
#
# SCSI low-level drivers
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_3W_XXXX_RAID is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_3W_9XXX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_ACARD is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AACRAID is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX_OLD is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_AIC79XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DPT_I2O is not set
# CONFIG_MEGARAID_NEWGEN is not set
# CONFIG_MEGARAID_LEGACY is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_SATA is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DMX3191D is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_EATA is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_GDTH is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_IPS is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_INITIO is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_INIA100 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_2 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_IPR is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_1280 is not set
CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2XXX=y
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA21XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA22XX is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2300 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA2322 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_QLA6312 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DC395x is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_NSP32 is not set
# CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG is not set
#
# Multi-device support (RAID and LVM)
#
CONFIG_MD=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD=y
CONFIG_MD_LINEAR=y
CONFIG_MD_RAID0=y
CONFIG_MD_RAID1=y
# CONFIG_MD_RAID10 is not set
CONFIG_MD_RAID5=y
# CONFIG_MD_RAID6 is not set
# CONFIG_MD_MULTIPATH is not set
# CONFIG_MD_FAULTY is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
# CONFIG_DM_CRYPT is not set
# CONFIG_DM_SNAPSHOT is not set
# CONFIG_DM_MIRROR is not set
# CONFIG_DM_ZERO is not set
# CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH is not set
#
# Fusion MPT device support
#
# CONFIG_FUSION is not set
#
# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
#
# CONFIG_IEEE1394 is not set
#
# I2O device support
#
# CONFIG_I2O is not set
#
# Networking support
#
CONFIG_NET=y
#
# Networking options
#
CONFIG_PACKET=y
CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP=y
# CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV is not set
CONFIG_UNIX=y
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
CONFIG_INET=y
CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST=y
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
# CONFIG_IP_MROUTE is not set
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
#
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
#
# QoS and/or fair queueing
#
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
#
# Network testing
#
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
# CONFIG_BT is not set
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
# CONFIG_DUMMY is not set
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set
# CONFIG_TUN is not set
#
# ARCnet devices
#
# CONFIG_ARCNET is not set
#
# Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET is not set
#
# Ethernet (1000 Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_ACENIC is not set
# CONFIG_DL2K is not set
CONFIG_E1000=y
CONFIG_E1000_NAPI=y
# CONFIG_E1000_DISABLE_PACKET_SPLIT is not set
# CONFIG_NS83820 is not set
# CONFIG_HAMACHI is not set
# CONFIG_YELLOWFIN is not set
# CONFIG_R8169 is not set
# CONFIG_SK98LIN is not set
# CONFIG_TIGON3 is not set
#
# Ethernet (10000 Mbit)
#
# CONFIG_IXGB is not set
# CONFIG_S2IO is not set
#
# Token Ring devices
#
# CONFIG_TR is not set
#
# Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
#
# CONFIG_NET_RADIO is not set
#
# Wan interfaces
#
# CONFIG_WAN is not set
# CONFIG_FDDI is not set
# CONFIG_HIPPI is not set
# CONFIG_PPP is not set
# CONFIG_SLIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_FC is not set
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
#
# ISDN subsystem
#
# CONFIG_ISDN is not set
#
# Input device support
#
CONFIG_INPUT=y
#
# Userland interfaces
#
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX is not set
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TSDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
#
# Input Device Drivers
#
# CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
#
# Hardware I/O ports
#
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
CONFIG_SOUND_GAMEPORT=y
#
# Character devices
#
CONFIG_VT=y
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD is not set
#
# Serial drivers
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=4
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
#
# Non-8250 serial port support
#
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
#
# IPMI
#
# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set
#
# Watchdog Cards
#
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
# CONFIG_RTC is not set
# CONFIG_DTLK is not set
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
# CONFIG_APPLICOM is not set
#
# Ftape, the floppy tape device driver
#
# CONFIG_DRM is not set
# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
#
# TPM devices
#
# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
#
# I2C support
#
CONFIG_I2C=y
CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV=y
#
# I2C Algorithms
#
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCA is not set
#
# I2C Hardware Bus support
#
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI1535 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI1563 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_ALI15X3 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_AMD756 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_AMD8111 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I801 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_I810 is not set
CONFIG_I2C_IOP3XX=y
# CONFIG_I2C_ISA is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_NFORCE2 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PIIX4 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PROSAVAGE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SAVAGE4 is not set
# CONFIG_SCx200_ACB is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS630 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_SIS96X is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_STUB is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VIA is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VIAPRO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_VOODOO3 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_ISA is not set
#
# Hardware Sensors Chip support
#
# CONFIG_I2C_SENSOR is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1021 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1025 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1026 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1031 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ASB100 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1621 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCHER is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCPOS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL518SM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL520SM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_IT87 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM63 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM75 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM77 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM78 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM80 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM83 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM85 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM87 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM90 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX1619 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SIS5595 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_VIA686A is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83781D is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83L785TS is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
#
# Other I2C Chip support
#
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
#
# Misc devices
#
#
# Multimedia devices
#
# CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV is not set
#
# Digital Video Broadcasting Devices
#
# CONFIG_DVB is not set
#
# Graphics support
#
# CONFIG_FB is not set
#
# Console display driver support
#
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
#
# Sound
#
# CONFIG_SOUND is not set
#
# USB support
#
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI=y
# CONFIG_USB is not set
#
# USB Gadget Support
#
# CONFIG_USB_GADGET is not set
#
# MMC/SD Card support
#
# CONFIG_MMC is not set
#
# File systems
#
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR is not set
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY is not set
CONFIG_JBD=y
# CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG is not set
CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
#
# XFS support
#
CONFIG_XFS_FS=y
CONFIG_XFS_EXPORT=y
# CONFIG_XFS_RT is not set
# CONFIG_XFS_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_XFS_SECURITY=y
CONFIG_XFS_POSIX_ACL=y
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
#
# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
#
# CONFIG_ISO9660_FS is not set
# CONFIG_UDF_FS is not set
#
# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
#
# CONFIG_MSDOS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_VFAT_FS is not set
# CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set
#
# Pseudo filesystems
#
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
# CONFIG_DEVFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS_XATTR is not set
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
# CONFIG_TMPFS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
CONFIG_RAMFS=y
#
# Miscellaneous filesystems
#
# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CRAMFS is not set
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set
# CONFIG_UFS_FS is not set
#
# Network File Systems
#
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
CONFIG_NFS_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFS_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO is not set
CONFIG_NFSD=y
CONFIG_NFSD_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFSD_V4 is not set
# CONFIG_NFSD_TCP is not set
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
CONFIG_LOCKD=y
CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y
CONFIG_EXPORTFS=y
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 is not set
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
# CONFIG_SMB_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CIFS is not set
# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
#
# Partition Types
#
CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED=y
# CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION is not set
CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION=y
# CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL is not set
# CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL is not set
# CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION is not set
# CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION is not set
#
# Native Language Support
#
# CONFIG_NLS is not set
#
# Profiling support
#
# CONFIG_PROFILING is not set
#
# Kernel hacking
#
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL is not set
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y
#
# Security options
#
# CONFIG_KEYS is not set
# CONFIG_SECURITY is not set
#
# Cryptographic options
#
# CONFIG_CRYPTO is not set
#
# Hardware crypto devices
#
#
# Library routines
#
# CONFIG_CRC_CCITT is not set
# CONFIG_CRC32 is not set
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set

46
arch/arm/configs/s3c2410_defconfig
View File

@ -1,14 +1,19 @@
#
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.17-git9
# Sun Jun 25 23:56:32 2006
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.18
# Wed Sep 20 20:27:31 2006
#
CONFIG_ARM=y
CONFIG_MMU=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_HARDIRQS=y
CONFIG_TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT=y
CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE=y
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_HWEIGHT=y
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
CONFIG_VECTORS_BASE=0xffff0000
CONFIG_DEFCONFIG_LIST="/lib/modules/$UNAME_RELEASE/.config"
#
# Code maturity level options
@ -26,14 +31,15 @@ CONFIG_SWAP=y
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT is not set
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
# CONFIG_TASKSTATS is not set
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
# CONFIG_RELAY is not set
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
CONFIG_UID16=y
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
# CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
CONFIG_UID16=y
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL is not set
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
@ -46,6 +52,8 @@ CONFIG_FUTEX=y
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
CONFIG_SLAB=y
CONFIG_VM_EVENT_COUNTERS=y
CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES=y
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
# CONFIG_SLOB is not set
@ -84,7 +92,7 @@ CONFIG_DEFAULT_IOSCHED="anticipatory"
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_REALVIEW is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_AT91RM9200 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_AT91 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
@ -94,7 +102,8 @@ CONFIG_DEFAULT_IOSCHED="anticipatory"
# CONFIG_ARCH_NETX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP32X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP33X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP23XX is not set
@ -122,13 +131,18 @@ CONFIG_ARCH_SMDK2410=y
CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2440=y
CONFIG_SMDK2440_CPU2440=y
CONFIG_SMDK2440_CPU2442=y
CONFIG_MACH_S3C2413=y
CONFIG_MACH_SMDK2413=y
CONFIG_MACH_VR1000=y
CONFIG_MACH_RX3715=y
CONFIG_MACH_OTOM=y
CONFIG_MACH_NEXCODER_2440=y
CONFIG_MACH_VSTMS=y
CONFIG_S3C2410_CLOCK=y
CONFIG_S3C2410_PM=y
CONFIG_CPU_S3C2410_DMA=y
CONFIG_CPU_S3C2410=y
CONFIG_S3C2412_PM=y
CONFIG_CPU_S3C2412=y
CONFIG_CPU_S3C244X=y
CONFIG_CPU_S3C2440=y
@ -156,7 +170,7 @@ CONFIG_S3C2410_LOWLEVEL_UART_PORT=0
CONFIG_CPU_32=y
CONFIG_CPU_ARM920T=y
CONFIG_CPU_ARM926T=y
CONFIG_CPU_32v4=y
CONFIG_CPU_32v4T=y
CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV4T=y
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5TJ=y
@ -200,6 +214,7 @@ CONFIG_FLATMEM=y
CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP=y
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_STATIC is not set
CONFIG_SPLIT_PTLOCK_CPUS=4096
# CONFIG_RESOURCES_64BIT is not set
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
#
@ -304,7 +319,6 @@ CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=y
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
@ -460,6 +474,7 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD=m
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=4096
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_BLOCKSIZE=1024
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD=y
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH=m
@ -640,6 +655,7 @@ CONFIG_SERIO_LIBPS2=y
CONFIG_VT=y
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_VT_HW_CONSOLE_BINDING is not set
CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD=y
# CONFIG_COMPUTONE is not set
# CONFIG_ROCKETPORT is not set
@ -716,6 +732,7 @@ CONFIG_S3C2410_WATCHDOG=y
# USB-based Watchdog Cards
#
# CONFIG_USBPCWATCHDOG is not set
CONFIG_HW_RANDOM=y
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
CONFIG_S3C2410_RTC=y
# CONFIG_DTLK is not set
@ -857,12 +874,12 @@ CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2=y
#
# Graphics support
#
CONFIG_FIRMWARE_EDID=y
CONFIG_FB=y
CONFIG_FB_CFB_FILLRECT=y
CONFIG_FB_CFB_COPYAREA=y
CONFIG_FB_CFB_IMAGEBLIT=y
# CONFIG_FB_MACMODES is not set
CONFIG_FB_FIRMWARE_EDID=y
# CONFIG_FB_BACKLIGHT is not set
CONFIG_FB_MODE_HELPERS=y
# CONFIG_FB_TILEBLITTING is not set
@ -995,7 +1012,7 @@ CONFIG_USB_MON=y
# CONFIG_USB_LEGOTOWER is not set
# CONFIG_USB_LCD is not set
# CONFIG_USB_LED is not set
# CONFIG_USB_CY7C63 is not set
# CONFIG_USB_CYPRESS_CY7C63 is not set
# CONFIG_USB_CYTHERM is not set
# CONFIG_USB_PHIDGETKIT is not set
# CONFIG_USB_PHIDGETSERVO is not set
@ -1095,6 +1112,7 @@ CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG=0
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_WRITEBUFFER=y
# CONFIG_JFFS2_SUMMARY is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS2_COMPRESSION_OPTIONS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_ZLIB=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_RTIME=y
@ -1202,14 +1220,19 @@ CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT="iso8859-1"
#
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y
# CONFIG_UNUSED_SYMBOLS is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=16
CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP=y
# CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES=y
# CONFIG_DEBUG_RT_MUTEXES is not set
# CONFIG_RT_MUTEX_TESTER is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES=y
# CONFIG_DEBUG_RWSEMS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCKING_API_SELFTESTS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KOBJECT is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO=y
@ -1251,3 +1274,4 @@ CONFIG_CRC32=y
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=y
CONFIG_PLIST=y

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More